1 | /* $Id: VD.cpp 42040 2012-07-06 13:54:59Z vboxsync $ */
|
---|
2 | /** @file
|
---|
3 | * VBoxHDD - VBox HDD Container implementation.
|
---|
4 | */
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | /*
|
---|
7 | * Copyright (C) 2006-2012 Oracle Corporation
|
---|
8 | *
|
---|
9 | * This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
10 | * available from http://www.virtualbox.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
11 | * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
12 | * General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
13 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
14 | * VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
15 | * hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
16 | */
|
---|
17 |
|
---|
18 | /*******************************************************************************
|
---|
19 | * Header Files *
|
---|
20 | *******************************************************************************/
|
---|
21 | #define LOG_GROUP LOG_GROUP_VD
|
---|
22 | #include <VBox/vd.h>
|
---|
23 | #include <VBox/err.h>
|
---|
24 | #include <VBox/sup.h>
|
---|
25 | #include <VBox/log.h>
|
---|
26 |
|
---|
27 | #include <iprt/alloc.h>
|
---|
28 | #include <iprt/assert.h>
|
---|
29 | #include <iprt/uuid.h>
|
---|
30 | #include <iprt/file.h>
|
---|
31 | #include <iprt/string.h>
|
---|
32 | #include <iprt/asm.h>
|
---|
33 | #include <iprt/ldr.h>
|
---|
34 | #include <iprt/dir.h>
|
---|
35 | #include <iprt/path.h>
|
---|
36 | #include <iprt/param.h>
|
---|
37 | #include <iprt/memcache.h>
|
---|
38 | #include <iprt/sg.h>
|
---|
39 | #include <iprt/critsect.h>
|
---|
40 | #include <iprt/list.h>
|
---|
41 | #include <iprt/avl.h>
|
---|
42 |
|
---|
43 | #include <VBox/vd-plugin.h>
|
---|
44 | #include <VBox/vd-cache-plugin.h>
|
---|
45 |
|
---|
46 | /** Disable dynamic backends on non x86 architectures. This feature
|
---|
47 | * requires the SUPR3 library which is not available there.
|
---|
48 | */
|
---|
49 | #if !defined(VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS) && !defined(RT_ARCH_X86) && !defined(RT_ARCH_AMD64)
|
---|
50 | # define VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
51 | #endif
|
---|
52 |
|
---|
53 | #define VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE 0x6f0e2a7d
|
---|
54 |
|
---|
55 | /** Buffer size used for merging images. */
|
---|
56 | #define VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * _1M)
|
---|
57 |
|
---|
58 | /** Maximum number of segments in one I/O task. */
|
---|
59 | #define VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX 64
|
---|
60 |
|
---|
61 | /** Threshold after not recently used blocks are removed from the list. */
|
---|
62 | #define VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD (10 * _1M) /** @todo: experiment */
|
---|
63 |
|
---|
64 | /**
|
---|
65 | * VD async I/O interface storage descriptor.
|
---|
66 | */
|
---|
67 | typedef struct VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE
|
---|
68 | {
|
---|
69 | /** File handle. */
|
---|
70 | RTFILE File;
|
---|
71 | /** Completion callback. */
|
---|
72 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted;
|
---|
73 | /** Thread for async access. */
|
---|
74 | RTTHREAD ThreadAsync;
|
---|
75 | } VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE, *PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE;
|
---|
76 |
|
---|
77 | /**
|
---|
78 | * Structure containing everything I/O related
|
---|
79 | * for the image and cache descriptors.
|
---|
80 | */
|
---|
81 | typedef struct VDIO
|
---|
82 | {
|
---|
83 | /** I/O interface to the upper layer. */
|
---|
84 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
85 |
|
---|
86 | /** Per image internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
87 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
88 |
|
---|
89 | /** Fallback I/O interface, only used if the caller doesn't provide it. */
|
---|
90 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIo;
|
---|
91 |
|
---|
92 | /** Opaque backend data. */
|
---|
93 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
94 | /** Disk this image is part of */
|
---|
95 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
96 | /** Flag whether to ignore flush requests. */
|
---|
97 | bool fIgnoreFlush;
|
---|
98 | } VDIO, *PVDIO;
|
---|
99 |
|
---|
100 | /**
|
---|
101 | * VBox HDD Container image descriptor.
|
---|
102 | */
|
---|
103 | typedef struct VDIMAGE
|
---|
104 | {
|
---|
105 | /** Link to parent image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
106 | struct VDIMAGE *pPrev;
|
---|
107 | /** Link to child image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
108 | struct VDIMAGE *pNext;
|
---|
109 | /** Container base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
110 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
111 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
112 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
113 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
114 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
115 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
116 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
117 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
118 |
|
---|
119 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
120 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
121 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-image. */
|
---|
122 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
123 | /** I/O related things. */
|
---|
124 | VDIO VDIo;
|
---|
125 | } VDIMAGE, *PVDIMAGE;
|
---|
126 |
|
---|
127 | /**
|
---|
128 | * uModified bit flags.
|
---|
129 | */
|
---|
130 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG RT_BIT(0)
|
---|
131 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST RT_BIT(1)
|
---|
132 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE RT_BIT(2)
|
---|
133 |
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | /**
|
---|
136 | * VBox HDD Cache image descriptor.
|
---|
137 | */
|
---|
138 | typedef struct VDCACHE
|
---|
139 | {
|
---|
140 | /** Cache base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
141 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
142 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
143 | void *pBackendData;
|
---|
144 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
145 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
146 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
147 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
148 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
149 |
|
---|
150 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
151 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-cache. */
|
---|
154 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
155 | /** I/O related things. */
|
---|
156 | VDIO VDIo;
|
---|
157 | } VDCACHE, *PVDCACHE;
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | /**
|
---|
160 | * A block waiting for a discard.
|
---|
161 | */
|
---|
162 | typedef struct VDDISCARDBLOCK
|
---|
163 | {
|
---|
164 | /** AVL core. */
|
---|
165 | AVLRU64NODECORE Core;
|
---|
166 | /** LRU list node. */
|
---|
167 | RTLISTNODE NodeLru;
|
---|
168 | /** Number of bytes to discard. */
|
---|
169 | size_t cbDiscard;
|
---|
170 | /** Bitmap of allocated sectors. */
|
---|
171 | void *pbmAllocated;
|
---|
172 | } VDDISCARDBLOCK, *PVDDISCARDBLOCK;
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | /**
|
---|
175 | * VD discard state.
|
---|
176 | */
|
---|
177 | typedef struct VDDISCARDSTATE
|
---|
178 | {
|
---|
179 | /** Number of bytes waiting for a discard. */
|
---|
180 | size_t cbDiscarding;
|
---|
181 | /** AVL tree with blocks waiting for a discard.
|
---|
182 | * The uOffset + cbDiscard range is the search key. */
|
---|
183 | PAVLRU64TREE pTreeBlocks;
|
---|
184 | /** LRU list of the least frequently discarded blocks.
|
---|
185 | * If there are to many blocks waiting the least frequently used
|
---|
186 | * will be removed and the range will be set to 0.
|
---|
187 | */
|
---|
188 | RTLISTNODE ListLru;
|
---|
189 | } VDDISCARDSTATE, *PVDDISCARDSTATE;
|
---|
190 |
|
---|
191 | /**
|
---|
192 | * VBox HDD Container main structure, private part.
|
---|
193 | */
|
---|
194 | struct VBOXHDD
|
---|
195 | {
|
---|
196 | /** Structure signature (VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE). */
|
---|
197 | uint32_t u32Signature;
|
---|
198 |
|
---|
199 | /** Image type. */
|
---|
200 | VDTYPE enmType;
|
---|
201 |
|
---|
202 | /** Number of opened images. */
|
---|
203 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
204 |
|
---|
205 | /** Base image. */
|
---|
206 | PVDIMAGE pBase;
|
---|
207 |
|
---|
208 | /** Last opened image in the chain.
|
---|
209 | * The same as pBase if only one image is used. */
|
---|
210 | PVDIMAGE pLast;
|
---|
211 |
|
---|
212 | /** If a merge to one of the parents is running this may be non-NULL
|
---|
213 | * to indicate to what image the writes should be additionally relayed. */
|
---|
214 | PVDIMAGE pImageRelay;
|
---|
215 |
|
---|
216 | /** Flags representing the modification state. */
|
---|
217 | unsigned uModified;
|
---|
218 |
|
---|
219 | /** Cached size of this disk. */
|
---|
220 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
221 | /** Cached PCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
222 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
223 | /** Cached LCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
224 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
225 |
|
---|
226 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-disk. */
|
---|
227 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
228 | /** Pointer to the common interface structure for error reporting. */
|
---|
229 | PVDINTERFACEERROR pInterfaceError;
|
---|
230 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization callbacks. */
|
---|
231 | PVDINTERFACETHREADSYNC pInterfaceThreadSync;
|
---|
232 |
|
---|
233 | /** Memory cache for I/O contexts */
|
---|
234 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoCtx;
|
---|
235 | /** Memory cache for I/O tasks. */
|
---|
236 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoTask;
|
---|
237 | /** Critical section protecting the disk against concurrent access. */
|
---|
238 | RTCRITSECT CritSect;
|
---|
239 | /** Head of queued I/O contexts - LIFO order. */
|
---|
240 | volatile PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
241 | /** Flag whether the disk is currently locked by growing write or a flush
|
---|
242 | * request. Other flush or growing write requests need to wait until
|
---|
243 | * the current one completes.
|
---|
244 | */
|
---|
245 | volatile bool fLocked;
|
---|
246 | /** List of waiting requests. - Protected by the critical section. */
|
---|
247 | RTLISTNODE ListWriteLocked;
|
---|
248 | /** I/O context which locked the disk. */
|
---|
249 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxLockOwner;
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | /** Pointer to the L2 disk cache if any. */
|
---|
252 | PVDCACHE pCache;
|
---|
253 | /** Pointer to the discard state if any. */
|
---|
254 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard;
|
---|
255 | };
|
---|
256 |
|
---|
257 | # define VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(Disk) \
|
---|
258 | do \
|
---|
259 | { \
|
---|
260 | AssertMsg(RTCritSectIsOwner(&Disk->CritSect), \
|
---|
261 | ("Thread does not own critical section\n"));\
|
---|
262 | } while(0)
|
---|
263 |
|
---|
264 | /**
|
---|
265 | * VBox parent read descriptor, used internally for compaction.
|
---|
266 | */
|
---|
267 | typedef struct VDPARENTSTATEDESC
|
---|
268 | {
|
---|
269 | /** Pointer to disk descriptor. */
|
---|
270 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
271 | /** Pointer to image descriptor. */
|
---|
272 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
273 | } VDPARENTSTATEDESC, *PVDPARENTSTATEDESC;
|
---|
274 |
|
---|
275 | /**
|
---|
276 | * Transfer direction.
|
---|
277 | */
|
---|
278 | typedef enum VDIOCTXTXDIR
|
---|
279 | {
|
---|
280 | /** Read */
|
---|
281 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ = 0,
|
---|
282 | /** Write */
|
---|
283 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
284 | /** Flush */
|
---|
285 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
286 | /** Discard */
|
---|
287 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD,
|
---|
288 | /** 32bit hack */
|
---|
289 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_32BIT_HACK = 0x7fffffff
|
---|
290 | } VDIOCTXTXDIR, *PVDIOCTXTXDIR;
|
---|
291 |
|
---|
292 | /** Transfer function */
|
---|
293 | typedef DECLCALLBACK(int) FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER (PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
294 | /** Pointer to a transfer function. */
|
---|
295 | typedef FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER *PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER;
|
---|
296 |
|
---|
297 | /**
|
---|
298 | * I/O context
|
---|
299 | */
|
---|
300 | typedef struct VDIOCTX
|
---|
301 | {
|
---|
302 | /** Pointer to the next I/O context. */
|
---|
303 | struct VDIOCTX * volatile pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
304 | /** Disk this is request is for. */
|
---|
305 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
306 | /** Return code. */
|
---|
307 | int rcReq;
|
---|
308 | /** Flag whether the I/O context is blocked because it is in the growing list. */
|
---|
309 | bool fBlocked;
|
---|
310 | /** Number of data transfers currently pending. */
|
---|
311 | volatile uint32_t cDataTransfersPending;
|
---|
312 | /** How many meta data transfers are pending. */
|
---|
313 | volatile uint32_t cMetaTransfersPending;
|
---|
314 | /** Flag whether the request finished */
|
---|
315 | volatile bool fComplete;
|
---|
316 | /** Temporary allocated memory which is freed
|
---|
317 | * when the context completes. */
|
---|
318 | void *pvAllocation;
|
---|
319 | /** Transfer function. */
|
---|
320 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
321 | /** Next transfer part after the current one completed. */
|
---|
322 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
323 | /** Transfer direction */
|
---|
324 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
325 | /** Request type dependent data. */
|
---|
326 | union
|
---|
327 | {
|
---|
328 | /** I/O request (read/write). */
|
---|
329 | struct
|
---|
330 | {
|
---|
331 | /** Number of bytes left until this context completes. */
|
---|
332 | volatile uint32_t cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
333 | /** Current offset */
|
---|
334 | volatile uint64_t uOffset;
|
---|
335 | /** Number of bytes to transfer */
|
---|
336 | volatile size_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
337 | /** Current image in the chain. */
|
---|
338 | PVDIMAGE pImageCur;
|
---|
339 | /** Start image to read from. pImageCur is reset to this
|
---|
340 | * value after it reached the first image in the chain. */
|
---|
341 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart;
|
---|
342 | /** S/G buffer */
|
---|
343 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
344 | } Io;
|
---|
345 | /** Discard requests. */
|
---|
346 | struct
|
---|
347 | {
|
---|
348 | /** Pointer to the range descriptor array. */
|
---|
349 | PCRTRANGE paRanges;
|
---|
350 | /** Number of ranges in the array. */
|
---|
351 | unsigned cRanges;
|
---|
352 | /** Range descriptor index which is processed. */
|
---|
353 | unsigned idxRange;
|
---|
354 | /** Start offset to discard currently. */
|
---|
355 | uint64_t offCur;
|
---|
356 | /** How many bytes left to discard in the current range. */
|
---|
357 | size_t cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
358 | /** How many bytes to discard in the current block (<= cbDiscardLeft). */
|
---|
359 | size_t cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
360 | /** Discard block handled currently. */
|
---|
361 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock;
|
---|
362 | } Discard;
|
---|
363 | } Req;
|
---|
364 | /** Parent I/O context if any. Sets the type of the context (root/child) */
|
---|
365 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
366 | /** Type dependent data (root/child) */
|
---|
367 | union
|
---|
368 | {
|
---|
369 | /** Root data */
|
---|
370 | struct
|
---|
371 | {
|
---|
372 | /** Completion callback */
|
---|
373 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete;
|
---|
374 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
375 | void *pvUser1;
|
---|
376 | /** User argument 2 passed on completion. */
|
---|
377 | void *pvUser2;
|
---|
378 | } Root;
|
---|
379 | /** Child data */
|
---|
380 | struct
|
---|
381 | {
|
---|
382 | /** Saved start offset */
|
---|
383 | uint64_t uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
384 | /** Saved transfer size */
|
---|
385 | size_t cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
386 | /** Number of bytes transferred from the parent if this context completes. */
|
---|
387 | size_t cbTransferParent;
|
---|
388 | /** Number of bytes to pre read */
|
---|
389 | size_t cbPreRead;
|
---|
390 | /** Number of bytes to post read. */
|
---|
391 | size_t cbPostRead;
|
---|
392 | /** Number of bytes to write left in the parent. */
|
---|
393 | size_t cbWriteParent;
|
---|
394 | /** Write type dependent data. */
|
---|
395 | union
|
---|
396 | {
|
---|
397 | /** Optimized */
|
---|
398 | struct
|
---|
399 | {
|
---|
400 | /** Bytes to fill to satisfy the block size. Not part of the virtual disk. */
|
---|
401 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
402 | /** Bytes to copy instead of reading from the parent */
|
---|
403 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
404 | /** Bytes to read from the image. */
|
---|
405 | size_t cbReadImage;
|
---|
406 | } Optimized;
|
---|
407 | } Write;
|
---|
408 | } Child;
|
---|
409 | } Type;
|
---|
410 | } VDIOCTX;
|
---|
411 |
|
---|
412 | /**
|
---|
413 | * List node for deferred I/O contexts.
|
---|
414 | */
|
---|
415 | typedef struct VDIOCTXDEFERRED
|
---|
416 | {
|
---|
417 | /** Node in the list of deferred requests.
|
---|
418 | * A request can be deferred if the image is growing
|
---|
419 | * and the request accesses the same range or if
|
---|
420 | * the backend needs to read or write metadata from the disk
|
---|
421 | * before it can continue. */
|
---|
422 | RTLISTNODE NodeDeferred;
|
---|
423 | /** I/O context this entry points to. */
|
---|
424 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
425 | } VDIOCTXDEFERRED, *PVDIOCTXDEFERRED;
|
---|
426 |
|
---|
427 | /**
|
---|
428 | * I/O task.
|
---|
429 | */
|
---|
430 | typedef struct VDIOTASK
|
---|
431 | {
|
---|
432 | /** Storage this task belongs to. */
|
---|
433 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage;
|
---|
434 | /** Optional completion callback. */
|
---|
435 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete;
|
---|
436 | /** Opaque user data. */
|
---|
437 | void *pvUser;
|
---|
438 | /** Flag whether this is a meta data transfer. */
|
---|
439 | bool fMeta;
|
---|
440 | /** Type dependent data. */
|
---|
441 | union
|
---|
442 | {
|
---|
443 | /** User data transfer. */
|
---|
444 | struct
|
---|
445 | {
|
---|
446 | /** Number of bytes this task transferred. */
|
---|
447 | uint32_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
448 | /** Pointer to the I/O context the task belongs. */
|
---|
449 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
450 | } User;
|
---|
451 | /** Meta data transfer. */
|
---|
452 | struct
|
---|
453 | {
|
---|
454 | /** Meta transfer this task is for. */
|
---|
455 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer;
|
---|
456 | } Meta;
|
---|
457 | } Type;
|
---|
458 | } VDIOTASK, *PVDIOTASK;
|
---|
459 |
|
---|
460 | /**
|
---|
461 | * Storage handle.
|
---|
462 | */
|
---|
463 | typedef struct VDIOSTORAGE
|
---|
464 | {
|
---|
465 | /** Image I/O state this storage handle belongs to. */
|
---|
466 | PVDIO pVDIo;
|
---|
467 | /** AVL tree for pending async metadata transfers. */
|
---|
468 | PAVLRFOFFTREE pTreeMetaXfers;
|
---|
469 | /** Storage handle */
|
---|
470 | void *pStorage;
|
---|
471 | } VDIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | /**
|
---|
474 | * Metadata transfer.
|
---|
475 | *
|
---|
476 | * @note This entry can't be freed if either the list is not empty or
|
---|
477 | * the reference counter is not 0.
|
---|
478 | * The assumption is that the backends don't need to read huge amounts of
|
---|
479 | * metadata to complete a transfer so the additional memory overhead should
|
---|
480 | * be relatively small.
|
---|
481 | */
|
---|
482 | typedef struct VDMETAXFER
|
---|
483 | {
|
---|
484 | /** AVL core for fast search (the file offset is the key) */
|
---|
485 | AVLRFOFFNODECORE Core;
|
---|
486 | /** I/O storage for this transfer. */
|
---|
487 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage;
|
---|
488 | /** Flags. */
|
---|
489 | uint32_t fFlags;
|
---|
490 | /** List of I/O contexts waiting for this metadata transfer to complete. */
|
---|
491 | RTLISTNODE ListIoCtxWaiting;
|
---|
492 | /** Number of references to this entry. */
|
---|
493 | unsigned cRefs;
|
---|
494 | /** Size of the data stored with this entry. */
|
---|
495 | size_t cbMeta;
|
---|
496 | /** Data stored - variable size. */
|
---|
497 | uint8_t abData[1];
|
---|
498 | } VDMETAXFER;
|
---|
499 |
|
---|
500 | /**
|
---|
501 | * The transfer direction for the metadata.
|
---|
502 | */
|
---|
503 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK 0x3
|
---|
504 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE 0x0
|
---|
505 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE 0x1
|
---|
506 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ 0x2
|
---|
507 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH 0x3
|
---|
508 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(flags) ((flags) & VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK)
|
---|
509 | #define VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(flags, dir) ((flags) = (flags & ~VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_MASK) | (dir))
|
---|
510 |
|
---|
511 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_RawBackend;
|
---|
512 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VmdkBackend;
|
---|
513 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VDIBackend;
|
---|
514 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VhdBackend;
|
---|
515 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ParallelsBackend;
|
---|
516 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_DmgBackend;
|
---|
517 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ISCSIBackend;
|
---|
518 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_QedBackend;
|
---|
519 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_QCowBackend;
|
---|
520 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VhdxBackend;
|
---|
521 |
|
---|
522 | static unsigned g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
523 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND *g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
524 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND aStaticBackends[] =
|
---|
525 | {
|
---|
526 | &g_VmdkBackend,
|
---|
527 | &g_VDIBackend,
|
---|
528 | &g_VhdBackend,
|
---|
529 | &g_ParallelsBackend,
|
---|
530 | &g_DmgBackend,
|
---|
531 | &g_QedBackend,
|
---|
532 | &g_QCowBackend,
|
---|
533 | &g_VhdxBackend,
|
---|
534 | &g_RawBackend,
|
---|
535 | &g_ISCSIBackend
|
---|
536 | };
|
---|
537 |
|
---|
538 | /**
|
---|
539 | * Supported backends for the disk cache.
|
---|
540 | */
|
---|
541 | extern VDCACHEBACKEND g_VciCacheBackend;
|
---|
542 |
|
---|
543 | static unsigned g_cCacheBackends = 0;
|
---|
544 | static PVDCACHEBACKEND *g_apCacheBackends = NULL;
|
---|
545 | static PVDCACHEBACKEND aStaticCacheBackends[] =
|
---|
546 | {
|
---|
547 | &g_VciCacheBackend
|
---|
548 | };
|
---|
549 |
|
---|
550 | /** Forward declaration of the async discard helper. */
|
---|
551 | static int vdDiscardHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
552 |
|
---|
553 | /**
|
---|
554 | * internal: add several backends.
|
---|
555 | */
|
---|
556 | static int vdAddBackends(PVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
557 | {
|
---|
558 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pTmp = (PVBOXHDDBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apBackends,
|
---|
559 | (g_cBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
560 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
561 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
562 | g_apBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
563 | memcpy(&g_apBackends[g_cBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
564 | g_cBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
565 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
566 | }
|
---|
567 |
|
---|
568 | /**
|
---|
569 | * internal: add single backend.
|
---|
570 | */
|
---|
571 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddBackend(PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
572 | {
|
---|
573 | return vdAddBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
574 | }
|
---|
575 |
|
---|
576 | /**
|
---|
577 | * internal: add several cache backends.
|
---|
578 | */
|
---|
579 | static int vdAddCacheBackends(PVDCACHEBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
580 | {
|
---|
581 | PVDCACHEBACKEND *pTmp = (PVDCACHEBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apCacheBackends,
|
---|
582 | (g_cCacheBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PVDCACHEBACKEND));
|
---|
583 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
584 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
585 | g_apCacheBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
586 | memcpy(&g_apCacheBackends[g_cCacheBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PVDCACHEBACKEND));
|
---|
587 | g_cCacheBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
588 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
589 | }
|
---|
590 |
|
---|
591 | /**
|
---|
592 | * internal: add single cache backend.
|
---|
593 | */
|
---|
594 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddCacheBackend(PVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
595 | {
|
---|
596 | return vdAddCacheBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
597 | }
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | /**
|
---|
600 | * internal: issue error message.
|
---|
601 | */
|
---|
602 | static int vdError(PVBOXHDD pDisk, int rc, RT_SRC_POS_DECL,
|
---|
603 | const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
604 | {
|
---|
605 | va_list va;
|
---|
606 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
607 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceError)
|
---|
608 | pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnError(pDisk->pInterfaceError->Core.pvUser, rc, RT_SRC_POS_ARGS, pszFormat, va);
|
---|
609 | va_end(va);
|
---|
610 | return rc;
|
---|
611 | }
|
---|
612 |
|
---|
613 | /**
|
---|
614 | * internal: thread synchronization, start read.
|
---|
615 | */
|
---|
616 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
617 | {
|
---|
618 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
619 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
620 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnStartRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
621 | return rc;
|
---|
622 | }
|
---|
623 |
|
---|
624 | /**
|
---|
625 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish read.
|
---|
626 | */
|
---|
627 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
628 | {
|
---|
629 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
630 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
631 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnFinishRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
632 | return rc;
|
---|
633 | }
|
---|
634 |
|
---|
635 | /**
|
---|
636 | * internal: thread synchronization, start write.
|
---|
637 | */
|
---|
638 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
639 | {
|
---|
640 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
641 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
642 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnStartWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
643 | return rc;
|
---|
644 | }
|
---|
645 |
|
---|
646 | /**
|
---|
647 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish write.
|
---|
648 | */
|
---|
649 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
650 | {
|
---|
651 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
652 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync))
|
---|
653 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pfnFinishWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->Core.pvUser);
|
---|
654 | return rc;
|
---|
655 | }
|
---|
656 |
|
---|
657 | /**
|
---|
658 | * internal: find image format backend.
|
---|
659 | */
|
---|
660 | static int vdFindBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
661 | {
|
---|
662 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
663 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
664 |
|
---|
665 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
666 | VDInit();
|
---|
667 |
|
---|
668 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
669 | {
|
---|
670 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
671 | {
|
---|
672 | pBackend = g_apBackends[i];
|
---|
673 | break;
|
---|
674 | }
|
---|
675 | }
|
---|
676 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
677 | return rc;
|
---|
678 | }
|
---|
679 |
|
---|
680 | /**
|
---|
681 | * internal: find cache format backend.
|
---|
682 | */
|
---|
683 | static int vdFindCacheBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVDCACHEBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
684 | {
|
---|
685 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
686 | PCVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
687 |
|
---|
688 | if (!g_apCacheBackends)
|
---|
689 | VDInit();
|
---|
690 |
|
---|
691 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cCacheBackends; i++)
|
---|
692 | {
|
---|
693 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apCacheBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
694 | {
|
---|
695 | pBackend = g_apCacheBackends[i];
|
---|
696 | break;
|
---|
697 | }
|
---|
698 | }
|
---|
699 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
700 | return rc;
|
---|
701 | }
|
---|
702 |
|
---|
703 | /**
|
---|
704 | * internal: add image structure to the end of images list.
|
---|
705 | */
|
---|
706 | static void vdAddImageToList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
707 | {
|
---|
708 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
709 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
710 |
|
---|
711 | if (pDisk->pBase)
|
---|
712 | {
|
---|
713 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
714 | pImage->pPrev = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
715 | pDisk->pLast->pNext = pImage;
|
---|
716 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
717 | }
|
---|
718 | else
|
---|
719 | {
|
---|
720 | Assert(pDisk->cImages == 0);
|
---|
721 | pDisk->pBase = pImage;
|
---|
722 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
723 | }
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | pDisk->cImages++;
|
---|
726 | }
|
---|
727 |
|
---|
728 | /**
|
---|
729 | * internal: remove image structure from the images list.
|
---|
730 | */
|
---|
731 | static void vdRemoveImageFromList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
732 | {
|
---|
733 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
734 |
|
---|
735 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
736 | pImage->pPrev->pNext = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
737 | else
|
---|
738 | pDisk->pBase = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
739 |
|
---|
740 | if (pImage->pNext)
|
---|
741 | pImage->pNext->pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
742 | else
|
---|
743 | pDisk->pLast = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
744 |
|
---|
745 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
746 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
747 |
|
---|
748 | pDisk->cImages--;
|
---|
749 | }
|
---|
750 |
|
---|
751 | /**
|
---|
752 | * internal: find image by index into the images list.
|
---|
753 | */
|
---|
754 | static PVDIMAGE vdGetImageByNumber(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
755 | {
|
---|
756 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase;
|
---|
757 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
758 | return pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
759 | while (pImage && nImage)
|
---|
760 | {
|
---|
761 | pImage = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
762 | nImage--;
|
---|
763 | }
|
---|
764 | return pImage;
|
---|
765 | }
|
---|
766 |
|
---|
767 | /**
|
---|
768 | * Internal: Tries to read the desired range from the given cache.
|
---|
769 | *
|
---|
770 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
771 | * @retval VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE if the block is not in the cache.
|
---|
772 | * pcbRead will be set to the number of bytes not in the cache.
|
---|
773 | * Everything thereafter might be in the cache.
|
---|
774 | * @param pCache The cache to read from.
|
---|
775 | * @param uOffset Offset of the virtual disk to read.
|
---|
776 | * @param pvBuf Where to store the read data.
|
---|
777 | * @param cbRead How much to read.
|
---|
778 | * @param pcbRead Where to store the number of bytes actually read.
|
---|
779 | * On success this indicates the number of bytes read from the cache.
|
---|
780 | * If VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE is returned this gives the number of bytes
|
---|
781 | * which are not in the cache.
|
---|
782 | * In both cases everything beyond this value
|
---|
783 | * might or might not be in the cache.
|
---|
784 | */
|
---|
785 | static int vdCacheReadHelper(PVDCACHE pCache, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
786 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
787 | {
|
---|
788 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
789 |
|
---|
790 | LogFlowFunc(("pCache=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbRead=%zu pcbRead=%#p\n",
|
---|
791 | pCache, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead));
|
---|
792 |
|
---|
793 | AssertPtr(pCache);
|
---|
794 | AssertPtr(pcbRead);
|
---|
795 |
|
---|
796 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnRead(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
797 | cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
798 |
|
---|
799 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc pcbRead=%zu\n", rc, *pcbRead));
|
---|
800 | return rc;
|
---|
801 | }
|
---|
802 |
|
---|
803 | /**
|
---|
804 | * Internal: Writes data for the given block into the cache.
|
---|
805 | *
|
---|
806 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
807 | * @param pCache The cache to write to.
|
---|
808 | * @param uOffset Offset of the virtual disk to write to the cache.
|
---|
809 | * @param pcvBuf The data to write.
|
---|
810 | * @param cbWrite How much to write.
|
---|
811 | * @param pcbWritten How much data could be written, optional.
|
---|
812 | */
|
---|
813 | static int vdCacheWriteHelper(PVDCACHE pCache, uint64_t uOffset, const void *pcvBuf,
|
---|
814 | size_t cbWrite, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
815 | {
|
---|
816 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
817 |
|
---|
818 | LogFlowFunc(("pCache=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbWrite=%zu pcbWritten=%#p\n",
|
---|
819 | pCache, uOffset, pcvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten));
|
---|
820 |
|
---|
821 | AssertPtr(pCache);
|
---|
822 | AssertPtr(pcvBuf);
|
---|
823 | Assert(cbWrite > 0);
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | if (pcbWritten)
|
---|
826 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnWrite(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, pcvBuf,
|
---|
827 | cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
828 | else
|
---|
829 | {
|
---|
830 | size_t cbWritten = 0;
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | do
|
---|
833 | {
|
---|
834 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnWrite(pCache->pBackendData, uOffset, pcvBuf,
|
---|
835 | cbWrite, &cbWritten);
|
---|
836 | uOffset += cbWritten;
|
---|
837 | pcvBuf = (char *)pcvBuf + cbWritten;
|
---|
838 | cbWrite -= cbWritten;
|
---|
839 | } while ( cbWrite
|
---|
840 | && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
841 | }
|
---|
842 |
|
---|
843 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc pcbWritten=%zu\n",
|
---|
844 | rc, pcbWritten ? *pcbWritten : cbWrite));
|
---|
845 | return rc;
|
---|
846 | }
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | /**
|
---|
849 | * Internal: Reads a given amount of data from the image chain of the disk.
|
---|
850 | **/
|
---|
851 | static int vdDiskReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
852 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, size_t *pcbThisRead)
|
---|
853 | {
|
---|
854 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
855 | size_t cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
856 |
|
---|
857 | AssertPtr(pcbThisRead);
|
---|
858 |
|
---|
859 | *pcbThisRead = 0;
|
---|
860 |
|
---|
861 | /*
|
---|
862 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
863 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
864 | */
|
---|
865 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRead(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
866 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
867 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
868 |
|
---|
869 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
870 | {
|
---|
871 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
872 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
873 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
874 | {
|
---|
875 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
876 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
877 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
878 | }
|
---|
879 | }
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
882 | *pcbThisRead = cbThisRead;
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | return rc;
|
---|
885 | }
|
---|
886 |
|
---|
887 | /**
|
---|
888 | * Extended version of vdReadHelper(), implementing certain optimizations
|
---|
889 | * for image cloning.
|
---|
890 | *
|
---|
891 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
892 | * @param pDisk The disk to read from.
|
---|
893 | * @param pImage The image to start reading from.
|
---|
894 | * @param pImageParentOverride The parent image to read from
|
---|
895 | * if the starting image returns a free block.
|
---|
896 | * If NULL is passed the real parent of the image
|
---|
897 | * in the chain is used.
|
---|
898 | * @param uOffset Offset in the disk to start reading from.
|
---|
899 | * @param pvBuf Where to store the read data.
|
---|
900 | * @param cbRead How much to read.
|
---|
901 | * @param fZeroFreeBlocks Flag whether free blocks should be zeroed.
|
---|
902 | * If false and no image has data for sepcified
|
---|
903 | * range VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE is returned.
|
---|
904 | * Note that unallocated blocks are still zeroed
|
---|
905 | * if at least one image has valid data for a part
|
---|
906 | * of the range.
|
---|
907 | * @param fUpdateCache Flag whether to update the attached cache if
|
---|
908 | * available.
|
---|
909 | * @param cImagesRead Number of images in the chain to read until
|
---|
910 | * the read is cut off. A value of 0 disables the cut off.
|
---|
911 | */
|
---|
912 | static int vdReadHelperEx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
913 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
914 | bool fZeroFreeBlocks, bool fUpdateCache, unsigned cImagesRead)
|
---|
915 | {
|
---|
916 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
917 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
918 | bool fAllFree = true;
|
---|
919 | size_t cbBufClear = 0;
|
---|
920 |
|
---|
921 | /* Loop until all read. */
|
---|
922 | do
|
---|
923 | {
|
---|
924 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
925 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
926 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
927 | cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
928 |
|
---|
929 | if ( pDisk->pCache
|
---|
930 | && !pImageParentOverride)
|
---|
931 | {
|
---|
932 | rc = vdCacheReadHelper(pDisk->pCache, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
933 | cbThisRead, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
934 |
|
---|
935 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
936 | {
|
---|
937 | rc = vdDiskReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
938 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
939 |
|
---|
940 | /* If the read was successful, write the data back into the cache. */
|
---|
941 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
942 | && fUpdateCache)
|
---|
943 | {
|
---|
944 | rc = vdCacheWriteHelper(pDisk->pCache, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
945 | cbThisRead, NULL);
|
---|
946 | }
|
---|
947 | }
|
---|
948 | }
|
---|
949 | else
|
---|
950 | {
|
---|
951 | /** @todo can be be replaced by vdDiskReadHelper if it proves to be reliable,
|
---|
952 | * don't want to be responsible for data corruption...
|
---|
953 | */
|
---|
954 | /*
|
---|
955 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
956 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
957 | */
|
---|
958 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRead(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
959 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
960 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
961 |
|
---|
962 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE
|
---|
963 | && cImagesRead != 1)
|
---|
964 | {
|
---|
965 | unsigned cImagesToProcess = cImagesRead;
|
---|
966 |
|
---|
967 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
968 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
969 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
970 | {
|
---|
971 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
972 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
973 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
974 | if (cImagesToProcess == 1)
|
---|
975 | break;
|
---|
976 | else if (cImagesToProcess > 0)
|
---|
977 | cImagesToProcess--;
|
---|
978 | }
|
---|
979 | }
|
---|
980 | }
|
---|
981 |
|
---|
982 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
983 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
984 | {
|
---|
985 | /* Fill the free space with 0 if we are told to do so
|
---|
986 | * or a previous read returned valid data. */
|
---|
987 | if (fZeroFreeBlocks || !fAllFree)
|
---|
988 | memset(pvBuf, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
989 | else
|
---|
990 | cbBufClear += cbThisRead;
|
---|
991 |
|
---|
992 | if (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS)
|
---|
993 | rc = VINF_VD_NEW_ZEROED_BLOCK;
|
---|
994 | else
|
---|
995 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
996 | }
|
---|
997 | else if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
998 | {
|
---|
999 | /* First not free block, fill the space before with 0. */
|
---|
1000 | if (!fZeroFreeBlocks)
|
---|
1001 | {
|
---|
1002 | memset((char *)pvBuf - cbBufClear, '\0', cbBufClear);
|
---|
1003 | cbBufClear = 0;
|
---|
1004 | fAllFree = false;
|
---|
1005 | }
|
---|
1006 | }
|
---|
1007 |
|
---|
1008 | cbRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
1009 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
1010 | pvBuf = (char *)pvBuf + cbThisRead;
|
---|
1011 | } while (cbRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
1012 |
|
---|
1013 | return (!fZeroFreeBlocks && fAllFree) ? VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE : rc;
|
---|
1014 | }
|
---|
1015 |
|
---|
1016 | /**
|
---|
1017 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
1018 | * will give us.
|
---|
1019 | */
|
---|
1020 | static int vdReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1021 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, bool fUpdateCache)
|
---|
1022 | {
|
---|
1023 | return vdReadHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead,
|
---|
1024 | true /* fZeroFreeBlocks */, fUpdateCache, 0);
|
---|
1025 | }
|
---|
1026 |
|
---|
1027 | /**
|
---|
1028 | * Creates a new empty discard state.
|
---|
1029 | *
|
---|
1030 | * @returns Pointer to the new discard state or NULL if out of memory.
|
---|
1031 | */
|
---|
1032 | static PVDDISCARDSTATE vdDiscardStateCreate(void)
|
---|
1033 | {
|
---|
1034 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = (PVDDISCARDSTATE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDDISCARDSTATE));
|
---|
1035 |
|
---|
1036 | if (pDiscard)
|
---|
1037 | {
|
---|
1038 | RTListInit(&pDiscard->ListLru);
|
---|
1039 | pDiscard->pTreeBlocks = (PAVLRU64TREE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(AVLRU64TREE));
|
---|
1040 | if (!pDiscard->pTreeBlocks)
|
---|
1041 | {
|
---|
1042 | RTMemFree(pDiscard);
|
---|
1043 | pDiscard = NULL;
|
---|
1044 | }
|
---|
1045 | }
|
---|
1046 |
|
---|
1047 | return pDiscard;
|
---|
1048 | }
|
---|
1049 |
|
---|
1050 | /**
|
---|
1051 | * Removes the least recently used blocks from the waiting list until
|
---|
1052 | * the new value is reached.
|
---|
1053 | *
|
---|
1054 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1055 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
1056 | * @param pDiscard The discard state.
|
---|
1057 | * @param cbDiscardingNew How many bytes should be waiting on success.
|
---|
1058 | * The number of bytes waiting can be less.
|
---|
1059 | */
|
---|
1060 | static int vdDiscardRemoveBlocks(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard, size_t cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
1061 | {
|
---|
1062 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1063 |
|
---|
1064 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pDiscard=%#p cbDiscardingNew=%zu\n",
|
---|
1065 | pDisk, pDiscard, cbDiscardingNew));
|
---|
1066 |
|
---|
1067 | while (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
1068 | {
|
---|
1069 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = RTListGetLast(&pDiscard->ListLru, VDDISCARDBLOCK, NodeLru);
|
---|
1070 |
|
---|
1071 | Assert(!RTListIsEmpty(&pDiscard->ListLru));
|
---|
1072 |
|
---|
1073 | /* Go over the allocation bitmap and mark all discarded sectors as unused. */
|
---|
1074 | uint64_t offStart = pBlock->Core.Key;
|
---|
1075 | uint32_t idxStart = 0;
|
---|
1076 | size_t cbLeft = pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1077 | bool fAllocated = ASMBitTest(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart);
|
---|
1078 | uint32_t cSectors = pBlock->cbDiscard / 512;
|
---|
1079 |
|
---|
1080 | while (cbLeft > 0)
|
---|
1081 | {
|
---|
1082 | int32_t idxEnd;
|
---|
1083 | size_t cbThis = cbLeft;
|
---|
1084 |
|
---|
1085 | if (fAllocated)
|
---|
1086 | {
|
---|
1087 | /* Check for the first unallocated bit. */
|
---|
1088 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextClear(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
1089 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
1090 | {
|
---|
1091 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
1092 | fAllocated = false;
|
---|
1093 | }
|
---|
1094 | }
|
---|
1095 | else
|
---|
1096 | {
|
---|
1097 | /* Mark as unused and check for the first set bit. */
|
---|
1098 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextSet(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
1099 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
1100 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
1101 |
|
---|
1102 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, offStart,
|
---|
1103 | cbThis, NULL, NULL, &cbThis,
|
---|
1104 | NULL, VD_DISCARD_MARK_UNUSED);
|
---|
1105 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1106 | break;
|
---|
1107 |
|
---|
1108 | fAllocated = true;
|
---|
1109 | }
|
---|
1110 |
|
---|
1111 | idxStart = idxEnd;
|
---|
1112 | offStart += cbThis;
|
---|
1113 | cbLeft -= cbThis;
|
---|
1114 | }
|
---|
1115 |
|
---|
1116 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1117 | break;
|
---|
1118 |
|
---|
1119 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
1120 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
1121 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1122 |
|
---|
1123 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1124 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
1125 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
1126 | }
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | Assert(RT_FAILURE(rc) || pDiscard->cbDiscarding <= cbDiscardingNew);
|
---|
1129 |
|
---|
1130 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1131 | return rc;
|
---|
1132 | }
|
---|
1133 |
|
---|
1134 | /**
|
---|
1135 | * Destroys the current discard state, writing any waiting blocks to the image.
|
---|
1136 | *
|
---|
1137 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1138 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
1139 | */
|
---|
1140 | static int vdDiscardStateDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
1141 | {
|
---|
1142 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1143 |
|
---|
1144 | if (pDisk->pDiscard)
|
---|
1145 | {
|
---|
1146 | rc = vdDiscardRemoveBlocks(pDisk, pDisk->pDiscard, 0 /* Remove all blocks. */);
|
---|
1147 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1148 | RTMemFree(pDisk->pDiscard->pTreeBlocks);
|
---|
1149 | RTMemFree(pDisk->pDiscard);
|
---|
1150 | pDisk->pDiscard = NULL;
|
---|
1151 | }
|
---|
1152 |
|
---|
1153 | return rc;
|
---|
1154 | }
|
---|
1155 |
|
---|
1156 | /**
|
---|
1157 | * Discards the given range from the underlying block.
|
---|
1158 | *
|
---|
1159 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1160 | * @param pDisk VD container data.
|
---|
1161 | * @param offStart Where to start discarding.
|
---|
1162 | * @param cbDiscard How many bytes to discard.
|
---|
1163 | */
|
---|
1164 | static int vdDiscardRange(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard, uint64_t offStart, size_t cbDiscard)
|
---|
1165 | {
|
---|
1166 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1167 |
|
---|
1168 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pDiscard=%#p offStart=%llu cbDiscard=%zu\n",
|
---|
1169 | pDisk, pDiscard, offStart, cbDiscard));
|
---|
1170 |
|
---|
1171 | do
|
---|
1172 | {
|
---|
1173 | size_t cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
1174 |
|
---|
1175 | /* Look for a matching block in the AVL tree first. */
|
---|
1176 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, false);
|
---|
1177 | if (!pBlock || pBlock->Core.KeyLast < offStart)
|
---|
1178 | {
|
---|
1179 | void *pbmAllocated = NULL;
|
---|
1180 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
1181 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockAbove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, true);
|
---|
1182 |
|
---|
1183 | /* Clip range to remain in the current block. */
|
---|
1184 | if (pBlockAbove)
|
---|
1185 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscard, pBlockAbove->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
1186 | else
|
---|
1187 | cbThisDiscard = cbDiscard;
|
---|
1188 |
|
---|
1189 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
1190 |
|
---|
1191 | /* No block found, try to discard using the backend first. */
|
---|
1192 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, offStart,
|
---|
1193 | cbThisDiscard, &cbPreAllocated,
|
---|
1194 | &cbPostAllocated, &cbThisDiscard,
|
---|
1195 | &pbmAllocated, 0);
|
---|
1196 | if (rc == VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET)
|
---|
1197 | {
|
---|
1198 | /* Create new discard block. */
|
---|
1199 | pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDDISCARDBLOCK));
|
---|
1200 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
1201 | {
|
---|
1202 | pBlock->Core.Key = offStart - cbPreAllocated;
|
---|
1203 | pBlock->Core.KeyLast = offStart + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated - 1;
|
---|
1204 | pBlock->cbDiscard = cbPreAllocated + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
1205 | pBlock->pbmAllocated = pbmAllocated;
|
---|
1206 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrU64Insert(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, &pBlock->Core);
|
---|
1207 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
1208 |
|
---|
1209 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1210 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding += pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1211 | if (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD)
|
---|
1212 | rc = vdDiscardRemoveBlocks(pDisk, pDiscard, VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD);
|
---|
1213 | else
|
---|
1214 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1215 | }
|
---|
1216 | else
|
---|
1217 | {
|
---|
1218 | RTMemFree(pbmAllocated);
|
---|
1219 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1220 | }
|
---|
1221 | }
|
---|
1222 | }
|
---|
1223 | else
|
---|
1224 | {
|
---|
1225 | /* Range lies partly in the block, update allocation bitmap. */
|
---|
1226 | int32_t idxStart, idxEnd;
|
---|
1227 |
|
---|
1228 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscard, pBlock->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
1229 |
|
---|
1230 | AssertPtr(pBlock);
|
---|
1231 |
|
---|
1232 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
1233 | Assert(!((offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) % 512));
|
---|
1234 |
|
---|
1235 | idxStart = (offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) / 512;
|
---|
1236 | idxEnd = idxStart + (cbThisDiscard / 512);
|
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | ASMBitClearRange(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart, idxEnd);
|
---|
1239 |
|
---|
1240 | /* Call the backend to discard the block if it is completely unallocated now. */
|
---|
1241 | if (ASMBitFirstSet((volatile void *)pBlock->pbmAllocated, pBlock->cbDiscard / 512) == -1)
|
---|
1242 | {
|
---|
1243 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated, cbActuallyDiscarded;
|
---|
1244 |
|
---|
1245 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pBlock->Core.Key,
|
---|
1246 | pBlock->cbDiscard, &cbPreAllocated,
|
---|
1247 | &cbPostAllocated, &cbActuallyDiscarded,
|
---|
1248 | NULL, 0);
|
---|
1249 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET);
|
---|
1250 | Assert(!cbPreAllocated);
|
---|
1251 | Assert(!cbPostAllocated);
|
---|
1252 | Assert(cbActuallyDiscarded == pBlock->cbDiscard || RT_FAILURE(rc));
|
---|
1253 |
|
---|
1254 | /* Remove the block on success. */
|
---|
1255 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1256 | {
|
---|
1257 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
1258 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
1259 |
|
---|
1260 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
1261 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1262 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
1263 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
1264 | }
|
---|
1265 | }
|
---|
1266 | else
|
---|
1267 | {
|
---|
1268 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1269 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
1270 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1271 | }
|
---|
1272 | }
|
---|
1273 |
|
---|
1274 | Assert(cbDiscard >= cbThisDiscard);
|
---|
1275 |
|
---|
1276 | cbDiscard -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
1277 | offStart += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
1278 | } while (cbDiscard != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
1279 |
|
---|
1280 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1281 | return rc;
|
---|
1282 | }
|
---|
1283 |
|
---|
1284 | /**
|
---|
1285 | * Discard helper.
|
---|
1286 | *
|
---|
1287 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1288 | * @param pDisk VD container data.
|
---|
1289 | * @param paRanges The array of ranges to discard.
|
---|
1290 | * @param cRanges The number of ranges in the array.
|
---|
1291 | */
|
---|
1292 | static int vdDiscardHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges, unsigned cRanges)
|
---|
1293 | {
|
---|
1294 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1295 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
1296 |
|
---|
1297 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pDiscard))
|
---|
1298 | {
|
---|
1299 | pDiscard = vdDiscardStateCreate();
|
---|
1300 | if (!pDiscard)
|
---|
1301 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1302 |
|
---|
1303 | pDisk->pDiscard = pDiscard;
|
---|
1304 | }
|
---|
1305 |
|
---|
1306 | /* Go over the range array and discard individual blocks. */
|
---|
1307 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cRanges; i++)
|
---|
1308 | {
|
---|
1309 | rc = vdDiscardRange(pDisk, pDiscard, paRanges[i].offStart, paRanges[i].cbRange);
|
---|
1310 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1311 | break;
|
---|
1312 | }
|
---|
1313 |
|
---|
1314 | return rc;
|
---|
1315 | }
|
---|
1316 |
|
---|
1317 | /**
|
---|
1318 | * Marks the given range as allocated in the image.
|
---|
1319 | * Required if there are discards in progress and a write to a block which can get discarded
|
---|
1320 | * is written to.
|
---|
1321 | *
|
---|
1322 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1323 | * @param pDisk VD container data.
|
---|
1324 | * @param uOffset First byte to mark as allocated.
|
---|
1325 | * @param cbRange Number of bytes to mark as allocated.
|
---|
1326 | */
|
---|
1327 | static int vdDiscardSetRangeAllocated(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRange)
|
---|
1328 | {
|
---|
1329 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
1330 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1331 |
|
---|
1332 | if (pDiscard)
|
---|
1333 | {
|
---|
1334 | do
|
---|
1335 | {
|
---|
1336 | size_t cbThisRange = cbRange;
|
---|
1337 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeGet(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, uOffset);
|
---|
1338 |
|
---|
1339 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
1340 | {
|
---|
1341 | int32_t idxStart, idxEnd;
|
---|
1342 |
|
---|
1343 | Assert(!(cbThisRange % 512));
|
---|
1344 | Assert(!((uOffset - pBlock->Core.Key) % 512));
|
---|
1345 |
|
---|
1346 | cbThisRange = RT_MIN(cbThisRange, pBlock->Core.KeyLast - uOffset + 1);
|
---|
1347 |
|
---|
1348 | idxStart = (uOffset - pBlock->Core.Key) / 512;
|
---|
1349 | idxEnd = idxStart + (cbThisRange / 512);
|
---|
1350 | ASMBitSetRange(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart, idxEnd);
|
---|
1351 | }
|
---|
1352 | else
|
---|
1353 | {
|
---|
1354 | pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, uOffset, true);
|
---|
1355 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
1356 | cbThisRange = RT_MIN(cbThisRange, pBlock->Core.Key - uOffset);
|
---|
1357 | }
|
---|
1358 |
|
---|
1359 | Assert(cbRange >= cbThisRange);
|
---|
1360 |
|
---|
1361 | uOffset += cbThisRange;
|
---|
1362 | cbRange -= cbThisRange;
|
---|
1363 | } while (cbRange != 0);
|
---|
1364 | }
|
---|
1365 |
|
---|
1366 | return rc;
|
---|
1367 | }
|
---|
1368 |
|
---|
1369 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1370 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1371 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart,
|
---|
1372 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf, void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1373 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1374 | {
|
---|
1375 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
1376 |
|
---|
1377 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
1378 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1379 | {
|
---|
1380 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
1381 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
1382 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1383 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
1384 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1385 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart = pImageStart;
|
---|
1386 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur = pImageStart;
|
---|
1387 | pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1388 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1389 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
1390 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
1391 | pIoCtx->pvAllocation = pvAllocation;
|
---|
1392 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
1393 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1394 | pIoCtx->rcReq = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1395 |
|
---|
1396 | /* There is no S/G list for a flush request. */
|
---|
1397 | if (enmTxDir != VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH)
|
---|
1398 | RTSgBufClone(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pcSgBuf);
|
---|
1399 | else
|
---|
1400 | memset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, 0, sizeof(RTSGBUF));
|
---|
1401 | }
|
---|
1402 |
|
---|
1403 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1404 | }
|
---|
1405 |
|
---|
1406 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxRootAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1407 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1408 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart, PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
1409 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
1410 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2,
|
---|
1411 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1412 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1413 | {
|
---|
1414 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer, pImageStart,
|
---|
1415 | pcSgBuf, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer);
|
---|
1416 |
|
---|
1417 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1418 | {
|
---|
1419 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
1420 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1421 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
1422 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
1423 | }
|
---|
1424 |
|
---|
1425 | LogFlow(("Allocated root I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1426 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1427 | }
|
---|
1428 |
|
---|
1429 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxDiscardAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges,
|
---|
1430 | unsigned cRanges,
|
---|
1431 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
1432 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2,
|
---|
1433 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1434 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1435 | {
|
---|
1436 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
1437 |
|
---|
1438 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
1439 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1440 | {
|
---|
1441 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
1442 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
1443 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD;
|
---|
1444 | pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1445 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
1446 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
1447 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
1448 | pIoCtx->pvAllocation = pvAllocation;
|
---|
1449 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
1450 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1451 | pIoCtx->rcReq = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1452 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.paRanges = paRanges;
|
---|
1453 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cRanges = cRanges;
|
---|
1454 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange = 0;
|
---|
1455 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft = 0;
|
---|
1456 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur = 0;
|
---|
1457 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = 0;
|
---|
1458 |
|
---|
1459 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
1460 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1461 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
1462 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
1463 | }
|
---|
1464 |
|
---|
1465 | LogFlow(("Allocated discard I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1466 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1467 | }
|
---|
1468 |
|
---|
1469 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxChildAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
1470 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
1471 | PVDIMAGE pImageStart, PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
1472 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent, size_t cbTransferParent,
|
---|
1473 | size_t cbWriteParent, void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
1474 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1475 | {
|
---|
1476 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer, pImageStart,
|
---|
1477 | pcSgBuf, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer);
|
---|
1478 |
|
---|
1479 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1480 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1481 |
|
---|
1482 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
1483 | {
|
---|
1484 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
1485 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved = uOffset;
|
---|
1486 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1487 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent = cbTransferParent;
|
---|
1488 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbWriteParent = cbWriteParent;
|
---|
1489 | }
|
---|
1490 |
|
---|
1491 | LogFlow(("Allocated child I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1492 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
1493 | }
|
---|
1494 |
|
---|
1495 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskUserAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint32_t cbTransfer)
|
---|
1496 | {
|
---|
1497 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
1498 |
|
---|
1499 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
1500 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
1501 | {
|
---|
1502 | pIoTask->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1503 | pIoTask->pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1504 | pIoTask->pvUser = pvUser;
|
---|
1505 | pIoTask->fMeta = false;
|
---|
1506 | pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
1507 | pIoTask->Type.User.pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
1508 | }
|
---|
1509 |
|
---|
1510 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
1511 | }
|
---|
1512 |
|
---|
1513 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser, PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer)
|
---|
1514 | {
|
---|
1515 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
1516 |
|
---|
1517 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
1518 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
1519 | {
|
---|
1520 | pIoTask->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1521 | pIoTask->pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
1522 | pIoTask->pvUser = pvUser;
|
---|
1523 | pIoTask->fMeta = true;
|
---|
1524 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pMetaXfer = pMetaXfer;
|
---|
1525 | }
|
---|
1526 |
|
---|
1527 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
1528 | }
|
---|
1529 |
|
---|
1530 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1531 | {
|
---|
1532 | LogFlow(("Freeing I/O context %#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1533 | if (pIoCtx->pvAllocation)
|
---|
1534 | RTMemFree(pIoCtx->pvAllocation);
|
---|
1535 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
1536 | memset(pIoCtx, 0xff, sizeof(VDIOCTX));
|
---|
1537 | #endif
|
---|
1538 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1539 | }
|
---|
1540 |
|
---|
1541 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoTaskFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOTASK pIoTask)
|
---|
1542 | {
|
---|
1543 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, pIoTask);
|
---|
1544 | }
|
---|
1545 |
|
---|
1546 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxChildReset(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1547 | {
|
---|
1548 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
1551 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
1552 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
1553 | }
|
---|
1554 |
|
---|
1555 | DECLINLINE(PVDMETAXFER) vdMetaXferAlloc(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cb)
|
---|
1556 | {
|
---|
1557 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTMemAlloc(RT_OFFSETOF(VDMETAXFER, abData[cb]));
|
---|
1558 |
|
---|
1559 | if (RT_LIKELY(pMetaXfer))
|
---|
1560 | {
|
---|
1561 | pMetaXfer->Core.Key = uOffset;
|
---|
1562 | pMetaXfer->Core.KeyLast = uOffset + cb - 1;
|
---|
1563 | pMetaXfer->fFlags = VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE;
|
---|
1564 | pMetaXfer->cbMeta = cb;
|
---|
1565 | pMetaXfer->pIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1566 | pMetaXfer->cRefs = 0;
|
---|
1567 | RTListInit(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
1568 | }
|
---|
1569 | return pMetaXfer;
|
---|
1570 | }
|
---|
1571 |
|
---|
1572 | DECLINLINE(int) vdIoCtxDefer(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1573 | {
|
---|
1574 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
1575 |
|
---|
1576 | if (!pDeferred)
|
---|
1577 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | LogFlowFunc(("Deferring write pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1580 |
|
---|
1581 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent && !pIoCtx->fBlocked);
|
---|
1582 |
|
---|
1583 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
1584 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
1585 | RTListAppend(&pDisk->ListWriteLocked, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
1586 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
1587 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1588 | }
|
---|
1589 |
|
---|
1590 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopy(PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1591 | {
|
---|
1592 | return RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtxDst->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtxSrc->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
1593 | }
|
---|
1594 |
|
---|
1595 | static int vdIoCtxCmp(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx1, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx2, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1596 | {
|
---|
1597 | return RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx1->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtx2->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
1598 | }
|
---|
1599 |
|
---|
1600 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyTo(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1601 | {
|
---|
1602 | return RTSgBufCopyToBuf(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
1603 | }
|
---|
1604 |
|
---|
1605 |
|
---|
1606 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyFrom(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1607 | {
|
---|
1608 | return RTSgBufCopyFromBuf(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
1609 | }
|
---|
1610 |
|
---|
1611 | static size_t vdIoCtxSet(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t ch, size_t cbData)
|
---|
1612 | {
|
---|
1613 | return RTSgBufSet(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, ch, cbData);
|
---|
1614 | }
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | /**
|
---|
1617 | * Process the I/O context, core method which assumes that the critsect is acquired
|
---|
1618 | * by the calling thread.
|
---|
1619 | *
|
---|
1620 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1621 | * @param pIoCtx I/O context to process.
|
---|
1622 | */
|
---|
1623 | static int vdIoCtxProcessLocked(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1624 | {
|
---|
1625 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1626 |
|
---|
1627 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pIoCtx->pDisk);
|
---|
1628 |
|
---|
1629 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1630 |
|
---|
1631 | if ( !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1632 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending
|
---|
1633 | && !pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1634 | {
|
---|
1635 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1636 | goto out;
|
---|
1637 | }
|
---|
1638 |
|
---|
1639 | /*
|
---|
1640 | * We complete the I/O context in case of an error
|
---|
1641 | * if there is no I/O task pending.
|
---|
1642 | */
|
---|
1643 | if ( RT_FAILURE(pIoCtx->rcReq)
|
---|
1644 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1645 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
1646 | {
|
---|
1647 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1648 | goto out;
|
---|
1649 | }
|
---|
1650 |
|
---|
1651 | /* Don't change anything if there is a metadata transfer pending or we are blocked. */
|
---|
1652 | if ( pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1653 | || pIoCtx->fBlocked)
|
---|
1654 | {
|
---|
1655 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1656 | goto out;
|
---|
1657 | }
|
---|
1658 |
|
---|
1659 | if (pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
1660 | {
|
---|
1661 | /* Call the transfer function advancing to the next while there is no error. */
|
---|
1662 | while ( pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer
|
---|
1663 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1664 | && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1665 | {
|
---|
1666 | LogFlowFunc(("calling transfer function %#p\n", pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer));
|
---|
1667 | rc = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1668 |
|
---|
1669 | /* Advance to the next part of the transfer if the current one succeeded. */
|
---|
1670 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1671 | {
|
---|
1672 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
1673 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
1674 | }
|
---|
1675 | }
|
---|
1676 | }
|
---|
1677 |
|
---|
1678 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1679 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1680 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
1681 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1682 | else if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
1683 | || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
1684 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
1685 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1686 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
1687 | {
|
---|
1688 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtx->rcReq, rc, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
1689 | /*
|
---|
1690 | * The I/O context completed if we have an error and there is no data
|
---|
1691 | * or meta data transfer pending.
|
---|
1692 | */
|
---|
1693 | if ( !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1694 | && !pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending)
|
---|
1695 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1696 | else
|
---|
1697 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1698 | }
|
---|
1699 |
|
---|
1700 | out:
|
---|
1701 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p rc=%Rrc cDataTransfersPending=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1702 | pIoCtx, rc, pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
1703 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
1704 |
|
---|
1705 | return rc;
|
---|
1706 | }
|
---|
1707 |
|
---|
1708 | /**
|
---|
1709 | * Processes the list of waiting I/O contexts.
|
---|
1710 | *
|
---|
1711 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1712 | * @param pDisk The disk structure.
|
---|
1713 | * @param pIoCtxRc An I/O context handle which waits on the list. When processed
|
---|
1714 | * The status code is returned. NULL if there is no I/O context
|
---|
1715 | * to return the status code for.
|
---|
1716 | */
|
---|
1717 | static int vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1718 | {
|
---|
1719 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1720 |
|
---|
1721 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtxRc=%#p\n", pDisk, pIoCtxRc));
|
---|
1722 |
|
---|
1723 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
1724 |
|
---|
1725 | /* Get the waiting list and process it in FIFO order. */
|
---|
1726 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxHead = ASMAtomicXchgPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, NULL, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1727 |
|
---|
1728 | /* Reverse it. */
|
---|
1729 | PVDIOCTX pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1730 | pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
1731 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1732 | {
|
---|
1733 | PVDIOCTX pInsert = pCur;
|
---|
1734 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1735 | pInsert->pIoCtxNext = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1736 | pIoCtxHead = pInsert;
|
---|
1737 | }
|
---|
1738 |
|
---|
1739 | /* Process now. */
|
---|
1740 | pCur = pIoCtxHead;
|
---|
1741 | while (pCur)
|
---|
1742 | {
|
---|
1743 | int rcTmp;
|
---|
1744 | PVDIOCTX pTmp = pCur;
|
---|
1745 |
|
---|
1746 | pCur = pCur->pIoCtxNext;
|
---|
1747 | pTmp->pIoCtxNext = NULL;
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | rcTmp = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pTmp);
|
---|
1750 | if (pTmp == pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1751 | {
|
---|
1752 | /* The given I/O context was processed, pass the return code to the caller. */
|
---|
1753 | rc = rcTmp;
|
---|
1754 | }
|
---|
1755 | else if ( rcTmp == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1756 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pTmp->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1757 | {
|
---|
1758 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pTmp=%#p\n", pTmp));
|
---|
1759 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
1760 | pTmp->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pTmp->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
1761 | pTmp->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
1762 | pTmp->rcReq);
|
---|
1763 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pTmp);
|
---|
1764 | }
|
---|
1765 | }
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1768 | return rc;
|
---|
1769 | }
|
---|
1770 |
|
---|
1771 | /**
|
---|
1772 | * Leaves the critical section of the disk processing waiting I/O contexts.
|
---|
1773 | *
|
---|
1774 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1775 | * @param pDisk The disk to unlock.
|
---|
1776 | * @param pIoCtxRc An I/O context handle which waits on the list. When processed
|
---|
1777 | * The status code is returned. NULL if there is no I/O context
|
---|
1778 | * to return the status code for.
|
---|
1779 | */
|
---|
1780 | static int vdDiskCritSectLeave(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxRc)
|
---|
1781 | {
|
---|
1782 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1783 |
|
---|
1784 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtxRc=%#p\n", pDisk, pIoCtxRc));
|
---|
1785 |
|
---|
1786 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
1787 |
|
---|
1788 | rc = vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(pDisk, pIoCtxRc);
|
---|
1789 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1790 |
|
---|
1791 | /*
|
---|
1792 | * We have to check for new waiting contexts here. It is possible that
|
---|
1793 | * another thread has queued another one while process waiting contexts
|
---|
1794 | * and because we still held the lock it was appended to the waiting list.
|
---|
1795 | *
|
---|
1796 | * @note Don't overwrite rc here because this might result in loosing
|
---|
1797 | * the status code of the given I/O context.
|
---|
1798 | */
|
---|
1799 | while (ASMAtomicReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, PVDIOCTX) != NULL)
|
---|
1800 | {
|
---|
1801 | int rc2 = RTCritSectTryEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1802 |
|
---|
1803 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
1804 | {
|
---|
1805 | /*
|
---|
1806 | * Don't pass status codes for any I/O context here. The context must hae been
|
---|
1807 | * in the first run.
|
---|
1808 | */
|
---|
1809 | vdDiskProcessWaitingIoCtx(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
1810 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1811 | }
|
---|
1812 | else
|
---|
1813 | {
|
---|
1814 | /*
|
---|
1815 | * Another thread is holding the lock already and will process the list
|
---|
1816 | * whewn leaving the lock, nothing left to do for us.
|
---|
1817 | */
|
---|
1818 | Assert(rc2 == VERR_SEM_BUSY);
|
---|
1819 | break;
|
---|
1820 | }
|
---|
1821 | }
|
---|
1822 |
|
---|
1823 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1824 | return rc;
|
---|
1825 | }
|
---|
1826 |
|
---|
1827 | /**
|
---|
1828 | * Processes the I/O context trying to lock the criticial section.
|
---|
1829 | * The context is deferred if the critical section is busy.
|
---|
1830 | *
|
---|
1831 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1832 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to process.
|
---|
1833 | */
|
---|
1834 | static int vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1835 | {
|
---|
1836 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1837 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1840 |
|
---|
1841 | /* Put it on the waiting list first. */
|
---|
1842 | PVDIOCTX pNext = ASMAtomicUoReadPtrT(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, PVDIOCTX);
|
---|
1843 | PVDIOCTX pHeadOld;
|
---|
1844 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = pNext;
|
---|
1845 | while (!ASMAtomicCmpXchgExPtr(&pDisk->pIoCtxHead, pIoCtx, pNext, &pHeadOld))
|
---|
1846 | {
|
---|
1847 | pNext = pHeadOld;
|
---|
1848 | Assert(pNext != pIoCtx);
|
---|
1849 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxNext = pNext;
|
---|
1850 | ASMNopPause();
|
---|
1851 | }
|
---|
1852 |
|
---|
1853 | rc = RTCritSectTryEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1854 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1855 | {
|
---|
1856 | /* Leave it again, the context will be processed just before leaving the lock. */
|
---|
1857 | LogFlowFunc(("Successfully acquired the critical section\n"));
|
---|
1858 | rc = vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1859 | }
|
---|
1860 | else
|
---|
1861 | {
|
---|
1862 | AssertMsg(rc == VERR_SEM_BUSY, ("Invalid return code %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1863 | LogFlowFunc(("Critical section is busy\n"));
|
---|
1864 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1865 | }
|
---|
1866 |
|
---|
1867 | return rc;
|
---|
1868 | }
|
---|
1869 |
|
---|
1870 | /**
|
---|
1871 | * Wrapper for vdIoCtxProcessLocked() which acquires the lock before.
|
---|
1872 | *
|
---|
1873 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
1874 | * @param pIoCtx I/O context to process.
|
---|
1875 | */
|
---|
1876 | static int vdIoCtxProcess(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1877 | {
|
---|
1878 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1879 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1882 |
|
---|
1883 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1884 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessLocked(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1885 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
1886 |
|
---|
1887 | return rc;
|
---|
1888 | }
|
---|
1889 |
|
---|
1890 | DECLINLINE(bool) vdIoCtxIsDiskLockOwner(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1891 | {
|
---|
1892 | return pDisk->fLocked
|
---|
1893 | && pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner == pIoCtx;
|
---|
1894 | }
|
---|
1895 |
|
---|
1896 | static int vdIoCtxLockDisk(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1897 | {
|
---|
1898 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1899 |
|
---|
1900 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtx=%#p\n", pDisk, pIoCtx));
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | if (!ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, true, false))
|
---|
1903 | {
|
---|
1904 | Assert(pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != pIoCtx); /* No nesting allowed. */
|
---|
1905 |
|
---|
1906 | rc = vdIoCtxDefer(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1907 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1908 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1909 | }
|
---|
1910 | else
|
---|
1911 | {
|
---|
1912 | Assert(!pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner);
|
---|
1913 | pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner = pIoCtx;
|
---|
1914 | }
|
---|
1915 |
|
---|
1916 | LogFlowFunc(("returns -> %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
1917 | return rc;
|
---|
1918 | }
|
---|
1919 |
|
---|
1920 | static void vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, bool fProcessDeferredReqs)
|
---|
1921 | {
|
---|
1922 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pIoCtx=%#p fProcessDeferredReqs=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1923 | pDisk, pIoCtx, fProcessDeferredReqs));
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | LogFlow(("Unlocking disk lock owner is %#p\n", pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner));
|
---|
1926 | Assert(pDisk->fLocked);
|
---|
1927 | Assert(pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner == pIoCtx);
|
---|
1928 | pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner = NULL;
|
---|
1929 | ASMAtomicXchgBool(&pDisk->fLocked, false);
|
---|
1930 |
|
---|
1931 | if (fProcessDeferredReqs)
|
---|
1932 | {
|
---|
1933 | /* Process any pending writes if the current request didn't caused another growing. */
|
---|
1934 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | if (!RTListIsEmpty(&pDisk->ListWriteLocked))
|
---|
1937 | {
|
---|
1938 | RTLISTNODE ListTmp;
|
---|
1939 |
|
---|
1940 | RTListMove(&ListTmp, &pDisk->ListWriteLocked);
|
---|
1941 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
1942 |
|
---|
1943 | /* Process the list. */
|
---|
1944 | do
|
---|
1945 | {
|
---|
1946 | int rc;
|
---|
1947 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = RTListGetFirst(&ListTmp, VDIOCTXDEFERRED, NodeDeferred);
|
---|
1948 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWait = pDeferred->pIoCtx;
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1951 |
|
---|
1952 | RTListNodeRemove(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
1953 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
1954 |
|
---|
1955 | Assert(!pIoCtxWait->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1956 |
|
---|
1957 | pIoCtxWait->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
1958 | LogFlowFunc(("Processing waiting I/O context pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1961 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1962 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWait->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1963 | {
|
---|
1964 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
1965 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
1966 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
1967 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
1968 | pIoCtxWait->rcReq);
|
---|
1969 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1970 | }
|
---|
1971 | } while (!RTListIsEmpty(&ListTmp));
|
---|
1972 | }
|
---|
1973 | else
|
---|
1974 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
1975 | }
|
---|
1976 |
|
---|
1977 | LogFlowFunc(("returns\n"));
|
---|
1978 | }
|
---|
1979 |
|
---|
1980 | /**
|
---|
1981 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
1982 | * will give us - async version.
|
---|
1983 | */
|
---|
1984 | static int vdReadHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1985 | {
|
---|
1986 | int rc;
|
---|
1987 | size_t cbToRead = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer;
|
---|
1988 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset;
|
---|
1989 | PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;;
|
---|
1990 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
1991 |
|
---|
1992 | /* Loop until all reads started or we have a backend which needs to read metadata. */
|
---|
1993 | do
|
---|
1994 | {
|
---|
1995 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
1996 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
1997 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
1998 | cbThisRead = cbToRead;
|
---|
1999 |
|
---|
2000 | /*
|
---|
2001 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
2002 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
2003 | */
|
---|
2004 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2005 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2006 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2007 |
|
---|
2008 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2009 | {
|
---|
2010 | while ( pCurrImage->pPrev != NULL
|
---|
2011 | && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2012 | {
|
---|
2013 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev;
|
---|
2014 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2015 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2016 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2017 | }
|
---|
2018 | }
|
---|
2019 |
|
---|
2020 | /* The task state will be updated on success already, don't do it here!. */
|
---|
2021 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2022 | {
|
---|
2023 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
2024 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
2025 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbThisRead);
|
---|
2026 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2027 | }
|
---|
2028 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2029 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2030 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2031 | {
|
---|
2032 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2033 | cbToRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2034 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
2035 | }
|
---|
2036 |
|
---|
2037 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2038 | break;
|
---|
2039 |
|
---|
2040 | cbToRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2041 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2042 | pCurrImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart; /* Start with the highest image in the chain. */
|
---|
2043 | } while (cbToRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
2044 |
|
---|
2045 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
2046 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2047 | {
|
---|
2048 | /* Save the current state. */
|
---|
2049 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
2050 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbToRead;
|
---|
2051 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur = pCurrImage ? pCurrImage : pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart;
|
---|
2052 | }
|
---|
2053 |
|
---|
2054 | return rc;
|
---|
2055 | }
|
---|
2056 |
|
---|
2057 | /**
|
---|
2058 | * internal: parent image read wrapper for compacting.
|
---|
2059 | */
|
---|
2060 | static int vdParentRead(void *pvUser, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2061 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
2062 | {
|
---|
2063 | PVDPARENTSTATEDESC pParentState = (PVDPARENTSTATEDESC)pvUser;
|
---|
2064 | return vdReadHelper(pParentState->pDisk, pParentState->pImage, uOffset,
|
---|
2065 | pvBuf, cbRead, false /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
2066 | }
|
---|
2067 |
|
---|
2068 | /**
|
---|
2069 | * internal: mark the disk as not modified.
|
---|
2070 | */
|
---|
2071 | static void vdResetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2072 | {
|
---|
2073 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG)
|
---|
2074 | {
|
---|
2075 | /* generate new last-modified uuid */
|
---|
2076 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2077 | {
|
---|
2078 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
2079 |
|
---|
2080 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
2081 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
2082 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2083 |
|
---|
2084 | if (pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
2085 | pDisk->pCache->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
2086 | &Uuid);
|
---|
2087 | }
|
---|
2088 |
|
---|
2089 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2090 | }
|
---|
2091 | }
|
---|
2092 |
|
---|
2093 | /**
|
---|
2094 | * internal: mark the disk as modified.
|
---|
2095 | */
|
---|
2096 | static void vdSetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2097 | {
|
---|
2098 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2099 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
2100 | {
|
---|
2101 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2102 |
|
---|
2103 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
2104 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
2105 |
|
---|
2106 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2107 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
2108 | }
|
---|
2109 | }
|
---|
2110 |
|
---|
2111 | /**
|
---|
2112 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
2113 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
2114 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
2115 | * images that are really needed).
|
---|
2116 | */
|
---|
2117 | static int vdWriteHelperStandard(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
2118 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2119 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
2120 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
2121 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2122 | void *pvTmp)
|
---|
2123 | {
|
---|
2124 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2125 |
|
---|
2126 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2127 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
2128 | {
|
---|
2129 | /*
|
---|
2130 | * Updating the cache doesn't make sense here because
|
---|
2131 | * this will be done after the complete block was written.
|
---|
2132 | */
|
---|
2133 | rc = vdReadHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2134 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp, cbPreRead,
|
---|
2135 | true /* fZeroFreeBlocks*/,
|
---|
2136 | false /* fUpdateCache */, 0);
|
---|
2137 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2138 | return rc;
|
---|
2139 | }
|
---|
2140 |
|
---|
2141 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
2142 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2143 |
|
---|
2144 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2145 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2146 | {
|
---|
2147 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2148 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2149 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2150 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2151 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2152 | else
|
---|
2153 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2154 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2155 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2156 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2157 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
2158 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2159 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2160 | else
|
---|
2161 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2162 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2163 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2164 |
|
---|
2165 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2166 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2167 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
2168 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2169 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
2170 | rc = vdReadHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2171 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
2172 | (char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
2173 | cbReadImage, true /* fZeroFreeBlocks */,
|
---|
2174 | false /* fUpdateCache */, 0);
|
---|
2175 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2176 | return rc;
|
---|
2177 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2178 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2179 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2180 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
2181 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2182 | }
|
---|
2183 |
|
---|
2184 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2185 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2186 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
2187 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
2188 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
2189 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
2190 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
2191 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
2192 |
|
---|
2193 | return rc;
|
---|
2194 | }
|
---|
2195 |
|
---|
2196 | /**
|
---|
2197 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
2198 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
2199 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
2200 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this.
|
---|
2201 | */
|
---|
2202 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimized(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
2203 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2204 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
2205 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
2206 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2207 | void *pvTmp, unsigned cImagesRead)
|
---|
2208 | {
|
---|
2209 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2210 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2211 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
2212 | int rc;
|
---|
2213 |
|
---|
2214 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2215 | {
|
---|
2216 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2217 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2218 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2219 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2220 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2221 |
|
---|
2222 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2223 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2224 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2225 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2226 |
|
---|
2227 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2228 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2229 | }
|
---|
2230 |
|
---|
2231 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
2232 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
2233 | rc = vdReadHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
2234 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill,
|
---|
2235 | true /* fZeroFreeBlocks */, false /* fUpdateCache */,
|
---|
2236 | cImagesRead);
|
---|
2237 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2238 | return rc;
|
---|
2239 |
|
---|
2240 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
2241 | if ( !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2242 | && (!cbWriteCopy || !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
2243 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy)))
|
---|
2244 | {
|
---|
2245 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
2246 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2247 | }
|
---|
2248 |
|
---|
2249 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
2250 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2251 |
|
---|
2252 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2253 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2254 | {
|
---|
2255 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2256 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2257 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
2258 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2259 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2260 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2261 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2262 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
2263 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2264 | }
|
---|
2265 |
|
---|
2266 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2267 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2268 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
2269 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
2270 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
2271 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
2272 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
2273 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
2274 |
|
---|
2275 | return rc;
|
---|
2276 | }
|
---|
2277 |
|
---|
2278 | /**
|
---|
2279 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2280 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
2281 | */
|
---|
2282 | static int vdWriteHelperEx(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
2283 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2284 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
2285 | bool fUpdateCache, unsigned cImagesRead)
|
---|
2286 | {
|
---|
2287 | int rc;
|
---|
2288 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
2289 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2290 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
2291 | uint64_t uOffsetCur = uOffset;
|
---|
2292 | size_t cbWriteCur = cbWrite;
|
---|
2293 | const void *pcvBufCur = pvBuf;
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
2296 | do
|
---|
2297 | {
|
---|
2298 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
2299 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
2300 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
2301 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
2302 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
2303 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
2304 | cbThisWrite = cbWriteCur;
|
---|
2305 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2306 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
2307 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pBackendData, uOffsetCur, pcvBufCur,
|
---|
2308 | cbThisWrite, &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
2309 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
2310 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2311 | {
|
---|
2312 | void *pvTmp = RTMemTmpAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead);
|
---|
2313 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
2314 |
|
---|
2315 | if (!(pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME))
|
---|
2316 | {
|
---|
2317 | /* Optimized write, suppress writing to a so far unallocated
|
---|
2318 | * block if the data is in fact not changed. */
|
---|
2319 | rc = vdWriteHelperOptimized(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2320 | uOffsetCur, cbWriteCur,
|
---|
2321 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
2322 | pcvBufCur, pvTmp, cImagesRead);
|
---|
2323 | }
|
---|
2324 | else
|
---|
2325 | {
|
---|
2326 | /* Normal write, not optimized in any way. The block will
|
---|
2327 | * be written no matter what. This will usually (unless the
|
---|
2328 | * backend has some further optimization enabled) cause the
|
---|
2329 | * block to be allocated. */
|
---|
2330 | rc = vdWriteHelperStandard(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
2331 | uOffsetCur, cbWriteCur,
|
---|
2332 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
2333 | pcvBufCur, pvTmp);
|
---|
2334 | }
|
---|
2335 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
2336 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2337 | break;
|
---|
2338 | }
|
---|
2339 |
|
---|
2340 | cbWriteCur -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2341 | uOffsetCur += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2342 | pcvBufCur = (char *)pcvBufCur + cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2343 | } while (cbWriteCur != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
2344 |
|
---|
2345 | /* Update the cache on success */
|
---|
2346 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2347 | && pDisk->pCache
|
---|
2348 | && fUpdateCache)
|
---|
2349 | rc = vdCacheWriteHelper(pDisk->pCache, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, NULL);
|
---|
2350 |
|
---|
2351 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2352 | rc = vdDiscardSetRangeAllocated(pDisk, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
2353 |
|
---|
2354 | return rc;
|
---|
2355 | }
|
---|
2356 |
|
---|
2357 | /**
|
---|
2358 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2359 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
2360 | */
|
---|
2361 | static int vdWriteHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2362 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite, bool fUpdateCache)
|
---|
2363 | {
|
---|
2364 | return vdWriteHelperEx(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite,
|
---|
2365 | fUpdateCache, 0);
|
---|
2366 | }
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | /**
|
---|
2369 | * Internal: Copies the content of one disk to another one applying optimizations
|
---|
2370 | * to speed up the copy process if possible.
|
---|
2371 | */
|
---|
2372 | static int vdCopyHelper(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, PVDIMAGE pImageFrom, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
2373 | uint64_t cbSize, unsigned cImagesFromRead, unsigned cImagesToRead,
|
---|
2374 | bool fSuppressRedundantIo, PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress,
|
---|
2375 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstIfProgress)
|
---|
2376 | {
|
---|
2377 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2378 | int rc2;
|
---|
2379 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
2380 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
2381 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
2382 | bool fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
2383 | bool fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
2384 | bool fBlockwiseCopy = fSuppressRedundantIo || (cImagesFromRead > 0);
|
---|
2385 | unsigned uProgressOld = 0;
|
---|
2386 |
|
---|
2387 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p pImageFrom=%#p pDiskTo=%#p cbSize=%llu cImagesFromRead=%u cImagesToRead=%u fSuppressRedundantIo=%RTbool pIfProgress=%#p pDstIfProgress=%#p\n",
|
---|
2388 | pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, pDiskTo, cbSize, cImagesFromRead, cImagesToRead, fSuppressRedundantIo, pDstIfProgress, pDstIfProgress));
|
---|
2389 |
|
---|
2390 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
2391 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
2392 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
2393 | return rc;
|
---|
2394 |
|
---|
2395 | do
|
---|
2396 | {
|
---|
2397 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | /* Note that we don't attempt to synchronize cross-disk accesses.
|
---|
2400 | * It wouldn't be very difficult to do, just the lock order would
|
---|
2401 | * need to be defined somehow to prevent deadlocks. Postpone such
|
---|
2402 | * magic as there is no use case for this. */
|
---|
2403 |
|
---|
2404 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2405 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2406 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
2407 |
|
---|
2408 | if (fBlockwiseCopy)
|
---|
2409 | {
|
---|
2410 | /* Read the source data. */
|
---|
2411 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRead(pImageFrom->pBackendData,
|
---|
2412 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2413 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2414 |
|
---|
2415 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE
|
---|
2416 | && cImagesFromRead != 1)
|
---|
2417 | {
|
---|
2418 | unsigned cImagesToProcess = cImagesFromRead;
|
---|
2419 |
|
---|
2420 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom->pPrev;
|
---|
2421 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
2422 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
2423 | {
|
---|
2424 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2425 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2426 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
2427 | if (cImagesToProcess == 1)
|
---|
2428 | break;
|
---|
2429 | else if (cImagesToProcess > 0)
|
---|
2430 | cImagesToProcess--;
|
---|
2431 | }
|
---|
2432 | }
|
---|
2433 | }
|
---|
2434 | else
|
---|
2435 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
2436 | false /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
2437 |
|
---|
2438 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2439 | break;
|
---|
2440 |
|
---|
2441 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2442 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2443 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
2444 |
|
---|
2445 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2446 | {
|
---|
2447 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2448 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2449 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
2450 |
|
---|
2451 | /* Only do collapsed I/O if we are copying the data blockwise. */
|
---|
2452 | rc = vdWriteHelperEx(pDiskTo, pDiskTo->pLast, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
2453 | cbThisRead, false /* fUpdateCache */,
|
---|
2454 | fBlockwiseCopy ? cImagesToRead : 0);
|
---|
2455 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2456 | break;
|
---|
2457 |
|
---|
2458 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2459 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2460 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
2461 | }
|
---|
2462 | else /* Don't propagate the error to the outside */
|
---|
2463 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2464 |
|
---|
2465 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
2466 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
2467 |
|
---|
2468 | unsigned uProgressNew = uOffset * 99 / cbSize;
|
---|
2469 | if (uProgressNew != uProgressOld)
|
---|
2470 | {
|
---|
2471 | uProgressOld = uProgressNew;
|
---|
2472 |
|
---|
2473 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
2474 | {
|
---|
2475 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
2476 | uProgressOld);
|
---|
2477 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2478 | break;
|
---|
2479 | }
|
---|
2480 | if (pDstIfProgress && pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
2481 | {
|
---|
2482 | rc = pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
2483 | uProgressOld);
|
---|
2484 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2485 | break;
|
---|
2486 | }
|
---|
2487 | }
|
---|
2488 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
2489 |
|
---|
2490 | RTMemFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
2491 |
|
---|
2492 | if (fLockReadFrom)
|
---|
2493 | {
|
---|
2494 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
2495 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2496 | }
|
---|
2497 |
|
---|
2498 | if (fLockWriteTo)
|
---|
2499 | {
|
---|
2500 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
2501 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2502 | }
|
---|
2503 |
|
---|
2504 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2505 | return rc;
|
---|
2506 | }
|
---|
2507 |
|
---|
2508 | /**
|
---|
2509 | * Flush helper async version.
|
---|
2510 | */
|
---|
2511 | static int vdSetModifiedHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2512 | {
|
---|
2513 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2514 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2515 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2516 |
|
---|
2517 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncFlush(pImage->pBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2518 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2519 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2520 |
|
---|
2521 | return rc;
|
---|
2522 | }
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | /**
|
---|
2525 | * internal: mark the disk as modified - async version.
|
---|
2526 | */
|
---|
2527 | static int vdSetModifiedFlagAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2528 | {
|
---|
2529 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2530 |
|
---|
2531 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
2532 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
2533 | {
|
---|
2534 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2535 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2536 | {
|
---|
2537 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2538 |
|
---|
2539 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
2540 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
2541 |
|
---|
2542 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
2543 | {
|
---|
2544 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxFlush = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
2545 | 0, 0, pDisk->pLast,
|
---|
2546 | NULL, pIoCtx, 0, 0, NULL,
|
---|
2547 | vdSetModifiedHelperAsync);
|
---|
2548 |
|
---|
2549 | if (pIoCtxFlush)
|
---|
2550 | {
|
---|
2551 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2552 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
2553 | {
|
---|
2554 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs */);
|
---|
2555 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2556 | }
|
---|
2557 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2558 | {
|
---|
2559 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
2560 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
2561 | }
|
---|
2562 | else /* Another error */
|
---|
2563 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxFlush);
|
---|
2564 | }
|
---|
2565 | else
|
---|
2566 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2567 | }
|
---|
2568 | }
|
---|
2569 | }
|
---|
2570 |
|
---|
2571 | return rc;
|
---|
2572 | }
|
---|
2573 |
|
---|
2574 | /**
|
---|
2575 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
2576 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
2577 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
2578 | * images that are really needed) - async version.
|
---|
2579 | */
|
---|
2580 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2581 | {
|
---|
2582 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2583 |
|
---|
2584 | #if 0
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2587 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
2588 | {
|
---|
2589 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtxDst);
|
---|
2590 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2591 | return rc;
|
---|
2592 | }
|
---|
2593 |
|
---|
2594 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
2595 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2596 |
|
---|
2597 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2598 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2599 | {
|
---|
2600 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2601 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2602 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2603 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2604 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2605 | else
|
---|
2606 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2607 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2608 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2609 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2610 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
2611 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2612 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2613 | else
|
---|
2614 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2615 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2616 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2617 |
|
---|
2618 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2619 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2620 | {
|
---|
2621 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2622 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2623 | }
|
---|
2624 |
|
---|
2625 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
2626 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
2627 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
2628 | cbReadImage);
|
---|
2629 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2630 | return rc;
|
---|
2631 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2632 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2633 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2634 | {
|
---|
2635 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtxDst, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2636 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbFill);
|
---|
2637 | }
|
---|
2638 | }
|
---|
2639 |
|
---|
2640 | if ( !pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2641 | && !pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
2642 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxDst->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
2643 | {
|
---|
2644 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2645 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtxDst);
|
---|
2646 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2647 | uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
2648 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
2649 | pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
2650 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
2651 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
2652 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
2653 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
2654 | }
|
---|
2655 | else
|
---|
2656 | {
|
---|
2657 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
2658 | pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
2659 | pIoCtxDst->fComplete));
|
---|
2660 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2661 | }
|
---|
2662 |
|
---|
2663 | return rc;
|
---|
2664 | #endif
|
---|
2665 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
2666 | }
|
---|
2667 |
|
---|
2668 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedCommitAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2669 | {
|
---|
2670 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2671 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageStart;
|
---|
2672 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2673 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2674 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2675 |
|
---|
2676 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2677 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
2678 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
2679 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
2680 | pIoCtx, NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
2681 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
2682 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
2683 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
2684 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2685 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2686 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2687 | {
|
---|
2688 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
2689 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2690 | }
|
---|
2691 |
|
---|
2692 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2693 | return rc;
|
---|
2694 | }
|
---|
2695 |
|
---|
2696 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2697 | {
|
---|
2698 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2699 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2700 | size_t cbThisWrite = 0;
|
---|
2701 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2702 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2703 | size_t cbWriteCopy = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2704 | size_t cbFill = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill;
|
---|
2705 | size_t cbReadImage = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage;
|
---|
2706 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
2707 |
|
---|
2708 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2711 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2712 | Assert(!pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2715 | cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2716 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
2717 |
|
---|
2718 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
2719 | if (!RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite))
|
---|
2720 | {
|
---|
2721 | RTSGBUF SgBufSrcTmp;
|
---|
2722 |
|
---|
2723 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufSrcTmp, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2724 | RTSgBufAdvance(&SgBufSrcTmp, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2725 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2726 |
|
---|
2727 | if (!cbWriteCopy || !RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &SgBufSrcTmp, cbWriteCopy))
|
---|
2728 | {
|
---|
2729 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
2730 | LogFlowFunc(("Block didn't changed\n"));
|
---|
2731 | ASMAtomicWriteU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, 0);
|
---|
2732 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2733 | return VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
2734 | }
|
---|
2735 | }
|
---|
2736 |
|
---|
2737 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
2738 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2739 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
2740 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtx, pIoCtxParent, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2741 |
|
---|
2742 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
2743 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2744 | {
|
---|
2745 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
2746 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
2747 | {
|
---|
2748 | /*
|
---|
2749 | * The S/G buffer of the parent needs to be cloned because
|
---|
2750 | * it is not allowed to modify the state.
|
---|
2751 | */
|
---|
2752 | RTSGBUF SgBufParentTmp;
|
---|
2753 |
|
---|
2754 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufParentTmp, &pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2755 | RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, &SgBufParentTmp, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
2756 | }
|
---|
2757 |
|
---|
2758 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
2759 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
2760 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
2761 | {
|
---|
2762 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, cbReadImage);
|
---|
2763 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
2764 | }
|
---|
2765 | }
|
---|
2766 |
|
---|
2767 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
2768 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf);
|
---|
2769 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedCommitAsync;
|
---|
2770 |
|
---|
2771 | return rc;
|
---|
2772 | }
|
---|
2773 |
|
---|
2774 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2775 | {
|
---|
2776 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2777 |
|
---|
2778 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2779 |
|
---|
2780 | if (pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft)
|
---|
2781 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtx);
|
---|
2782 |
|
---|
2783 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2784 | && ( pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft
|
---|
2785 | || pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending))
|
---|
2786 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2787 | else
|
---|
2788 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync;
|
---|
2789 |
|
---|
2790 | return rc;
|
---|
2791 | }
|
---|
2792 |
|
---|
2793 | /**
|
---|
2794 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
2795 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
2796 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
2797 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this - async version.
|
---|
2798 | */
|
---|
2799 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2800 | {
|
---|
2801 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2802 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
2803 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
2804 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
2805 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
2806 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbWriteParent;
|
---|
2807 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
2808 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
2809 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
2810 |
|
---|
2811 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
2812 |
|
---|
2813 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2814 | Assert(!pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
2815 |
|
---|
2816 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
2817 | {
|
---|
2818 | /* Figure out how much we cannot read from the image, because
|
---|
2819 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
2820 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
2821 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
2822 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
2823 |
|
---|
2824 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
2825 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
2826 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
2827 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
2828 |
|
---|
2829 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
2830 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
2831 | }
|
---|
2832 |
|
---|
2833 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill = cbFill;
|
---|
2834 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy = cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
2835 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage = cbReadImage;
|
---|
2836 |
|
---|
2837 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
2838 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
2839 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill;
|
---|
2840 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
2841 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset -= cbPreRead;
|
---|
2842 |
|
---|
2843 | /* Next step */
|
---|
2844 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync;
|
---|
2845 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2846 | }
|
---|
2847 |
|
---|
2848 | /**
|
---|
2849 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
2850 | * write optimizations - async version.
|
---|
2851 | */
|
---|
2852 | static int vdWriteHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2853 | {
|
---|
2854 | int rc;
|
---|
2855 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer;
|
---|
2856 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset;
|
---|
2857 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
2858 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
2859 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
2860 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2861 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
2862 |
|
---|
2863 | rc = vdSetModifiedFlagAsync(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2864 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc)) /* Includes I/O in progress. */
|
---|
2865 | return rc;
|
---|
2866 |
|
---|
2867 | rc = vdDiscardSetRangeAllocated(pDisk, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
2868 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2869 | return rc;
|
---|
2870 |
|
---|
2871 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
2872 | do
|
---|
2873 | {
|
---|
2874 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
2875 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
2876 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
2877 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
2878 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
2879 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
2880 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
2881 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2882 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
2883 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pBackendData, uOffset,
|
---|
2884 | cbThisWrite, pIoCtx,
|
---|
2885 | &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
2886 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
2887 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
2888 | {
|
---|
2889 | /* Lock the disk .*/
|
---|
2890 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
2891 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2892 | {
|
---|
2893 | /*
|
---|
2894 | * Allocate segment and buffer in one go.
|
---|
2895 | * A bit hackish but avoids the need to allocate memory twice.
|
---|
2896 | */
|
---|
2897 | PRTSGBUF pTmp = (PRTSGBUF)RTMemAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead + sizeof(RTSGSEG) + sizeof(RTSGBUF));
|
---|
2898 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
2899 | PRTSGSEG pSeg = (PRTSGSEG)(pTmp + 1);
|
---|
2900 |
|
---|
2901 | pSeg->pvSeg = pSeg + 1;
|
---|
2902 | pSeg->cbSeg = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead;
|
---|
2903 | RTSgBufInit(pTmp, pSeg, 1);
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWrite = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
2906 | uOffset, pSeg->cbSeg, pImage,
|
---|
2907 | pTmp,
|
---|
2908 | pIoCtx, cbThisWrite,
|
---|
2909 | cbWrite,
|
---|
2910 | pTmp,
|
---|
2911 | (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2912 | ? vdWriteHelperStandardAsync
|
---|
2913 | : vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync);
|
---|
2914 | if (!VALID_PTR(pIoCtxWrite))
|
---|
2915 | {
|
---|
2916 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
2917 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2918 | break;
|
---|
2919 | }
|
---|
2920 |
|
---|
2921 | LogFlowFunc(("Disk is growing because of pIoCtx=%#p pIoCtxWrite=%#p\n",
|
---|
2922 | pIoCtx, pIoCtxWrite));
|
---|
2923 |
|
---|
2924 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPreRead = cbPreRead;
|
---|
2925 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPostRead = cbPostRead;
|
---|
2926 |
|
---|
2927 | /* Process the write request */
|
---|
2928 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
2929 |
|
---|
2930 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
2931 | {
|
---|
2932 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
2933 | break;
|
---|
2934 | }
|
---|
2935 | else if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
2936 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWrite->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
2937 | {
|
---|
2938 | LogFlow(("Child write request completed\n"));
|
---|
2939 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2940 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
2941 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs*/ );
|
---|
2942 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
2943 |
|
---|
2944 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2945 | }
|
---|
2946 | else
|
---|
2947 | {
|
---|
2948 | LogFlow(("Child write pending\n"));
|
---|
2949 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
2950 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
2951 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2952 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2953 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2954 | break;
|
---|
2955 | }
|
---|
2956 | }
|
---|
2957 | else
|
---|
2958 | {
|
---|
2959 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
2960 | break;
|
---|
2961 | }
|
---|
2962 | }
|
---|
2963 |
|
---|
2964 | if (rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2965 | {
|
---|
2966 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2967 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2968 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
2969 | break;
|
---|
2970 | }
|
---|
2971 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA)
|
---|
2972 | break;
|
---|
2973 |
|
---|
2974 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2975 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
2976 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS));
|
---|
2977 |
|
---|
2978 | if ( rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS
|
---|
2979 | || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA
|
---|
2980 | || rc == VERR_VD_IOCTX_HALT)
|
---|
2981 | {
|
---|
2982 | /*
|
---|
2983 | * Tell the caller that we don't need to go back here because all
|
---|
2984 | * writes are initiated.
|
---|
2985 | */
|
---|
2986 | if (!cbWrite)
|
---|
2987 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2988 |
|
---|
2989 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
2990 | pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransfer = cbWrite;
|
---|
2991 | }
|
---|
2992 |
|
---|
2993 | return rc;
|
---|
2994 | }
|
---|
2995 |
|
---|
2996 | /**
|
---|
2997 | * Flush helper async version.
|
---|
2998 | */
|
---|
2999 | static int vdFlushHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3000 | {
|
---|
3001 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3002 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3003 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->Req.Io.pImageCur;
|
---|
3004 |
|
---|
3005 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3006 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3007 | {
|
---|
3008 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
3009 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncFlush(pImage->pBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3010 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3011 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3012 | else if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
3013 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessDeferredReqs */);
|
---|
3014 | }
|
---|
3015 |
|
---|
3016 | return rc;
|
---|
3017 | }
|
---|
3018 |
|
---|
3019 | /**
|
---|
3020 | * Async discard helper - discards a whole block which is recorded in the block
|
---|
3021 | * tree.
|
---|
3022 | *
|
---|
3023 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3024 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3025 | */
|
---|
3026 | static int vdDiscardWholeBlockAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3027 | {
|
---|
3028 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3029 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3030 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3031 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock;
|
---|
3032 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated, cbActuallyDiscarded;
|
---|
3033 |
|
---|
3034 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3035 |
|
---|
3036 | AssertPtr(pBlock);
|
---|
3037 |
|
---|
3038 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnAsyncDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3039 | pBlock->Core.Key, pBlock->cbDiscard,
|
---|
3040 | &cbPreAllocated, &cbPostAllocated,
|
---|
3041 | &cbActuallyDiscarded, NULL, 0);
|
---|
3042 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET);
|
---|
3043 | Assert(!cbPreAllocated);
|
---|
3044 | Assert(!cbPostAllocated);
|
---|
3045 | Assert(cbActuallyDiscarded == pBlock->cbDiscard || RT_FAILURE(rc));
|
---|
3046 |
|
---|
3047 | /* Remove the block on success. */
|
---|
3048 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3049 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3050 | {
|
---|
3051 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
3052 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
3053 |
|
---|
3054 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3055 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3056 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3057 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
3058 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = NULL;/* Safety precaution. */
|
---|
3059 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync; /* Next part. */
|
---|
3060 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3061 | }
|
---|
3062 |
|
---|
3063 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3064 | return rc;
|
---|
3065 | }
|
---|
3066 |
|
---|
3067 | /**
|
---|
3068 | * Removes the least recently used blocks from the waiting list until
|
---|
3069 | * the new value is reached - version for async I/O.
|
---|
3070 | *
|
---|
3071 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3072 | * @param pDisk VD disk container.
|
---|
3073 | * @param pDiscard The discard state.
|
---|
3074 | * @param cbDiscardingNew How many bytes should be waiting on success.
|
---|
3075 | * The number of bytes waiting can be less.
|
---|
3076 | */
|
---|
3077 | static int vdDiscardRemoveBlocksAsync(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, size_t cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
3078 | {
|
---|
3079 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3080 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3081 |
|
---|
3082 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pDiscard=%#p cbDiscardingNew=%zu\n",
|
---|
3083 | pDisk, pDiscard, cbDiscardingNew));
|
---|
3084 |
|
---|
3085 | while (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > cbDiscardingNew)
|
---|
3086 | {
|
---|
3087 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = RTListGetLast(&pDiscard->ListLru, VDDISCARDBLOCK, NodeLru);
|
---|
3088 |
|
---|
3089 | Assert(!RTListIsEmpty(&pDiscard->ListLru));
|
---|
3090 |
|
---|
3091 | /* Go over the allocation bitmap and mark all discarded sectors as unused. */
|
---|
3092 | uint64_t offStart = pBlock->Core.Key;
|
---|
3093 | uint32_t idxStart = 0;
|
---|
3094 | size_t cbLeft = pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3095 | bool fAllocated = ASMBitTest(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart);
|
---|
3096 | uint32_t cSectors = pBlock->cbDiscard / 512;
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | while (cbLeft > 0)
|
---|
3099 | {
|
---|
3100 | int32_t idxEnd;
|
---|
3101 | size_t cbThis = cbLeft;
|
---|
3102 |
|
---|
3103 | if (fAllocated)
|
---|
3104 | {
|
---|
3105 | /* Check for the first unallocated bit. */
|
---|
3106 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextClear(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
3107 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
3108 | {
|
---|
3109 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
3110 | fAllocated = false;
|
---|
3111 | }
|
---|
3112 | }
|
---|
3113 | else
|
---|
3114 | {
|
---|
3115 | /* Mark as unused and check for the first set bit. */
|
---|
3116 | idxEnd = ASMBitNextSet(pBlock->pbmAllocated, cSectors, idxStart);
|
---|
3117 | if (idxEnd != -1)
|
---|
3118 | cbThis = (idxEnd - idxStart) * 512;
|
---|
3119 |
|
---|
3120 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnAsyncDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3121 | offStart, cbThis, NULL, NULL, &cbThis,
|
---|
3122 | NULL, VD_DISCARD_MARK_UNUSED);
|
---|
3123 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
3124 | && rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3125 | break;
|
---|
3126 |
|
---|
3127 | fAllocated = true;
|
---|
3128 | }
|
---|
3129 |
|
---|
3130 | idxStart = idxEnd;
|
---|
3131 | offStart += cbThis;
|
---|
3132 | cbLeft -= cbThis;
|
---|
3133 | }
|
---|
3134 |
|
---|
3135 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
3136 | && rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3137 | break;
|
---|
3138 |
|
---|
3139 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockRemove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64RangeRemove(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, pBlock->Core.Key);
|
---|
3140 | Assert(pBlockRemove == pBlock);
|
---|
3141 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3142 |
|
---|
3143 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding -= pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3144 | RTMemFree(pBlock->pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3145 | RTMemFree(pBlock);
|
---|
3146 | }
|
---|
3147 |
|
---|
3148 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3149 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3150 |
|
---|
3151 | Assert(RT_FAILURE(rc) || pDiscard->cbDiscarding <= cbDiscardingNew);
|
---|
3152 |
|
---|
3153 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3154 | return rc;
|
---|
3155 | }
|
---|
3156 |
|
---|
3157 | /**
|
---|
3158 | * Async discard helper - discards the current range if there is no matching
|
---|
3159 | * block in the tree.
|
---|
3160 | *
|
---|
3161 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3162 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3163 | */
|
---|
3164 | static int vdDiscardCurrentRangeAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3165 | {
|
---|
3166 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3167 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3168 | uint64_t offStart = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur;
|
---|
3169 | size_t cbThisDiscard = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3170 | void *pbmAllocated = NULL;
|
---|
3171 | size_t cbPreAllocated, cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
3172 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3173 |
|
---|
3174 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3175 |
|
---|
3176 | /* No block found, try to discard using the backend first. */
|
---|
3177 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnAsyncDiscard(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, pIoCtx,
|
---|
3178 | offStart, cbThisDiscard, &cbPreAllocated,
|
---|
3179 | &cbPostAllocated, &cbThisDiscard,
|
---|
3180 | &pbmAllocated, 0);
|
---|
3181 | if (rc == VERR_VD_DISCARD_ALIGNMENT_NOT_MET)
|
---|
3182 | {
|
---|
3183 | /* Create new discard block. */
|
---|
3184 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDDISCARDBLOCK));
|
---|
3185 | if (pBlock)
|
---|
3186 | {
|
---|
3187 | pBlock->Core.Key = offStart - cbPreAllocated;
|
---|
3188 | pBlock->Core.KeyLast = offStart + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated - 1;
|
---|
3189 | pBlock->cbDiscard = cbPreAllocated + cbThisDiscard + cbPostAllocated;
|
---|
3190 | pBlock->pbmAllocated = pbmAllocated;
|
---|
3191 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrU64Insert(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, &pBlock->Core);
|
---|
3192 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
3193 |
|
---|
3194 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3195 | pDiscard->cbDiscarding += pBlock->cbDiscard;
|
---|
3196 |
|
---|
3197 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft >= cbThisDiscard);
|
---|
3198 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3199 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3200 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3201 |
|
---|
3202 | if (pDiscard->cbDiscarding > VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD)
|
---|
3203 | rc = vdDiscardRemoveBlocksAsync(pDisk, pIoCtx, VD_DISCARD_REMOVE_THRESHOLD);
|
---|
3204 | else
|
---|
3205 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3206 |
|
---|
3207 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3208 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync; /* Next part. */
|
---|
3209 | }
|
---|
3210 | else
|
---|
3211 | {
|
---|
3212 | RTMemFree(pbmAllocated);
|
---|
3213 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3214 | }
|
---|
3215 | }
|
---|
3216 | else if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
3217 | || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Save state and andvance to next range. */
|
---|
3218 | {
|
---|
3219 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft >= cbThisDiscard);
|
---|
3220 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3221 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3222 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3223 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync;
|
---|
3224 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3225 | }
|
---|
3226 |
|
---|
3227 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3228 | return rc;
|
---|
3229 | }
|
---|
3230 |
|
---|
3231 | /**
|
---|
3232 | * Async discard helper - entry point.
|
---|
3233 | *
|
---|
3234 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3235 | * @param pIoCtx The I/O context to operate on.
|
---|
3236 | */
|
---|
3237 | static int vdDiscardHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
3238 | {
|
---|
3239 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3240 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3241 | PCRTRANGE paRanges = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.paRanges;
|
---|
3242 | unsigned cRanges = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cRanges;
|
---|
3243 | PVDDISCARDSTATE pDiscard = pDisk->pDiscard;
|
---|
3244 |
|
---|
3245 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3246 |
|
---|
3247 | /* Check if the I/O context processed all ranges. */
|
---|
3248 | if ( pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange == cRanges
|
---|
3249 | && !pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft)
|
---|
3250 | {
|
---|
3251 | LogFlowFunc(("All ranges discarded, completing\n"));
|
---|
3252 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessDeferredReqs*/);
|
---|
3253 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3254 | }
|
---|
3255 |
|
---|
3256 | if (pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner != pIoCtx)
|
---|
3257 | rc = vdIoCtxLockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3260 | {
|
---|
3261 | uint64_t offStart = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur;
|
---|
3262 | size_t cbDiscardLeft = pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3263 | size_t cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3264 |
|
---|
3265 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pDiscard))
|
---|
3266 | {
|
---|
3267 | pDiscard = vdDiscardStateCreate();
|
---|
3268 | if (!pDiscard)
|
---|
3269 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3270 |
|
---|
3271 | pDisk->pDiscard = pDiscard;
|
---|
3272 | }
|
---|
3273 |
|
---|
3274 | if (!pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft)
|
---|
3275 | {
|
---|
3276 | offStart = paRanges[pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange].offStart;
|
---|
3277 | cbDiscardLeft = paRanges[pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange].cbRange;
|
---|
3278 | LogFlowFunc(("New range descriptor loaded (%u) offStart=%llu cbDiscard=%zu\n",
|
---|
3279 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange, offStart, cbDiscardLeft));
|
---|
3280 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.idxRange++;
|
---|
3281 | }
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | /* Look for a matching block in the AVL tree first. */
|
---|
3284 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlock = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, false);
|
---|
3285 | if (!pBlock || pBlock->Core.KeyLast < offStart)
|
---|
3286 | {
|
---|
3287 | PVDDISCARDBLOCK pBlockAbove = (PVDDISCARDBLOCK)RTAvlrU64GetBestFit(pDiscard->pTreeBlocks, offStart, true);
|
---|
3288 |
|
---|
3289 | /* Clip range to remain in the current block. */
|
---|
3290 | if (pBlockAbove)
|
---|
3291 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscardLeft, pBlockAbove->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
3292 | else
|
---|
3293 | cbThisDiscard = cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3294 |
|
---|
3295 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
3296 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = NULL;
|
---|
3297 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardCurrentRangeAsync;
|
---|
3298 | }
|
---|
3299 | else
|
---|
3300 | {
|
---|
3301 | /* Range lies partly in the block, update allocation bitmap. */
|
---|
3302 | int32_t idxStart, idxEnd;
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | cbThisDiscard = RT_MIN(cbDiscardLeft, pBlock->Core.KeyLast - offStart + 1);
|
---|
3305 |
|
---|
3306 | AssertPtr(pBlock);
|
---|
3307 |
|
---|
3308 | Assert(!(cbThisDiscard % 512));
|
---|
3309 | Assert(!((offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) % 512));
|
---|
3310 |
|
---|
3311 | idxStart = (offStart - pBlock->Core.Key) / 512;
|
---|
3312 | idxEnd = idxStart + (cbThisDiscard / 512);
|
---|
3313 |
|
---|
3314 | ASMBitClearRange(pBlock->pbmAllocated, idxStart, idxEnd);
|
---|
3315 |
|
---|
3316 | cbDiscardLeft -= cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3317 | offStart += cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3318 |
|
---|
3319 | /* Call the backend to discard the block if it is completely unallocated now. */
|
---|
3320 | if (ASMBitFirstSet((volatile void *)pBlock->pbmAllocated, pBlock->cbDiscard / 512) == -1)
|
---|
3321 | {
|
---|
3322 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.pBlock = pBlock;
|
---|
3323 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardWholeBlockAsync;
|
---|
3324 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3325 | }
|
---|
3326 | else
|
---|
3327 | {
|
---|
3328 | RTListNodeRemove(&pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3329 | RTListPrepend(&pDiscard->ListLru, &pBlock->NodeLru);
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 | /* Start with next range. */
|
---|
3332 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdDiscardHelperAsync;
|
---|
3333 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3334 | }
|
---|
3335 | }
|
---|
3336 |
|
---|
3337 | /* Save state in the context. */
|
---|
3338 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.offCur = offStart;
|
---|
3339 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbDiscardLeft = cbDiscardLeft;
|
---|
3340 | pIoCtx->Req.Discard.cbThisDiscard = cbThisDiscard;
|
---|
3341 | }
|
---|
3342 |
|
---|
3343 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3344 | return rc;
|
---|
3345 | }
|
---|
3346 |
|
---|
3347 | /**
|
---|
3348 | * internal: scans plugin directory and loads the backends have been found.
|
---|
3349 | */
|
---|
3350 | static int vdLoadDynamicBackends()
|
---|
3351 | {
|
---|
3352 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3353 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3354 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
3355 |
|
---|
3356 | /* Enumerate plugin backends. */
|
---|
3357 | char szPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
3358 | rc = RTPathAppPrivateArch(szPath, sizeof(szPath));
|
---|
3359 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3360 | return rc;
|
---|
3361 |
|
---|
3362 | /* To get all entries with VBoxHDD as prefix. */
|
---|
3363 | char *pszPluginFilter = RTPathJoinA(szPath, VBOX_HDDFORMAT_PLUGIN_PREFIX "*");
|
---|
3364 | if (!pszPluginFilter)
|
---|
3365 | return VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3366 |
|
---|
3367 | PRTDIRENTRYEX pPluginDirEntry = NULL;
|
---|
3368 | size_t cbPluginDirEntry = sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX);
|
---|
3369 | /* The plugins are in the same directory as the other shared libs. */
|
---|
3370 | rc = RTDirOpenFiltered(&pPluginDir, pszPluginFilter, RTDIRFILTER_WINNT, 0);
|
---|
3371 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3372 | {
|
---|
3373 | /* On Windows the above immediately signals that there are no
|
---|
3374 | * files matching, while on other platforms enumerating the
|
---|
3375 | * files below fails. Either way: no plugins. */
|
---|
3376 | goto out;
|
---|
3377 | }
|
---|
3378 |
|
---|
3379 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX));
|
---|
3380 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3381 | {
|
---|
3382 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3383 | goto out;
|
---|
3384 | }
|
---|
3385 |
|
---|
3386 | while ((rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK)) != VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3387 | {
|
---|
3388 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
3389 | PFNVBOXHDDFORMATLOAD pfnHDDFormatLoad = NULL;
|
---|
3390 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
3391 | char *pszPluginPath = NULL;
|
---|
3392 |
|
---|
3393 | if (rc == VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW)
|
---|
3394 | {
|
---|
3395 | /* allocate new buffer. */
|
---|
3396 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3397 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(cbPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3398 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3399 | {
|
---|
3400 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3401 | break;
|
---|
3402 | }
|
---|
3403 | /* Retry. */
|
---|
3404 | rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK);
|
---|
3405 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3406 | break;
|
---|
3407 | }
|
---|
3408 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3409 | break;
|
---|
3410 |
|
---|
3411 | /* We got the new entry. */
|
---|
3412 | if (!RTFS_IS_FILE(pPluginDirEntry->Info.Attr.fMode))
|
---|
3413 | continue;
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | /* Prepend the path to the libraries. */
|
---|
3416 | pszPluginPath = RTPathJoinA(szPath, pPluginDirEntry->szName);
|
---|
3417 | if (!pszPluginPath)
|
---|
3418 | {
|
---|
3419 | rc = VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3420 | break;
|
---|
3421 | }
|
---|
3422 |
|
---|
3423 | rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoadPlugIn(pszPluginPath, &hPlugin, NULL);
|
---|
3424 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3425 | {
|
---|
3426 | rc = RTLdrGetSymbol(hPlugin, VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, (void**)&pfnHDDFormatLoad);
|
---|
3427 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) || !pfnHDDFormatLoad)
|
---|
3428 | {
|
---|
3429 | LogFunc(("error resolving the entry point %s in plugin %s, rc=%Rrc, pfnHDDFormat=%#p\n", VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, pPluginDirEntry->szName, rc, pfnHDDFormatLoad));
|
---|
3430 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3431 | rc = VERR_SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3432 | }
|
---|
3433 |
|
---|
3434 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3435 | {
|
---|
3436 | /* Get the function table. */
|
---|
3437 | rc = pfnHDDFormatLoad(&pBackend);
|
---|
3438 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VBOXHDDBACKEND))
|
---|
3439 | {
|
---|
3440 | pBackend->hPlugin = hPlugin;
|
---|
3441 | vdAddBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
3442 | }
|
---|
3443 | else
|
---|
3444 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, pBackend->cbSize, rc));
|
---|
3445 | }
|
---|
3446 | else
|
---|
3447 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, rc));
|
---|
3448 |
|
---|
3449 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3450 | RTLdrClose(hPlugin);
|
---|
3451 | }
|
---|
3452 | RTStrFree(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
3453 | }
|
---|
3454 | out:
|
---|
3455 | if (rc == VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3456 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3457 | RTStrFree(pszPluginFilter);
|
---|
3458 | if (pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3459 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3460 | if (pPluginDir)
|
---|
3461 | RTDirClose(pPluginDir);
|
---|
3462 | return rc;
|
---|
3463 | #else
|
---|
3464 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3465 | #endif
|
---|
3466 | }
|
---|
3467 |
|
---|
3468 | /**
|
---|
3469 | * internal: scans plugin directory and loads the cache backends have been found.
|
---|
3470 | */
|
---|
3471 | static int vdLoadDynamicCacheBackends()
|
---|
3472 | {
|
---|
3473 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
3474 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3475 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
3476 |
|
---|
3477 | /* Enumerate plugin backends. */
|
---|
3478 | char szPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
3479 | rc = RTPathAppPrivateArch(szPath, sizeof(szPath));
|
---|
3480 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3481 | return rc;
|
---|
3482 |
|
---|
3483 | /* To get all entries with VBoxHDD as prefix. */
|
---|
3484 | char *pszPluginFilter = RTPathJoinA(szPath, VD_CACHEFORMAT_PLUGIN_PREFIX "*");
|
---|
3485 | if (!pszPluginFilter)
|
---|
3486 | {
|
---|
3487 | rc = VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3488 | return rc;
|
---|
3489 | }
|
---|
3490 |
|
---|
3491 | PRTDIRENTRYEX pPluginDirEntry = NULL;
|
---|
3492 | size_t cbPluginDirEntry = sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX);
|
---|
3493 | /* The plugins are in the same directory as the other shared libs. */
|
---|
3494 | rc = RTDirOpenFiltered(&pPluginDir, pszPluginFilter, RTDIRFILTER_WINNT, 0);
|
---|
3495 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3496 | {
|
---|
3497 | /* On Windows the above immediately signals that there are no
|
---|
3498 | * files matching, while on other platforms enumerating the
|
---|
3499 | * files below fails. Either way: no plugins. */
|
---|
3500 | goto out;
|
---|
3501 | }
|
---|
3502 |
|
---|
3503 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX));
|
---|
3504 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3505 | {
|
---|
3506 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3507 | goto out;
|
---|
3508 | }
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | while ((rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK)) != VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3511 | {
|
---|
3512 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
3513 | PFNVDCACHEFORMATLOAD pfnVDCacheLoad = NULL;
|
---|
3514 | PVDCACHEBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
3515 | char *pszPluginPath = NULL;
|
---|
3516 |
|
---|
3517 | if (rc == VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW)
|
---|
3518 | {
|
---|
3519 | /* allocate new buffer. */
|
---|
3520 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3521 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(cbPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3522 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3523 | {
|
---|
3524 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3525 | break;
|
---|
3526 | }
|
---|
3527 | /* Retry. */
|
---|
3528 | rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK);
|
---|
3529 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3530 | break;
|
---|
3531 | }
|
---|
3532 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3533 | break;
|
---|
3534 |
|
---|
3535 | /* We got the new entry. */
|
---|
3536 | if (!RTFS_IS_FILE(pPluginDirEntry->Info.Attr.fMode))
|
---|
3537 | continue;
|
---|
3538 |
|
---|
3539 | /* Prepend the path to the libraries. */
|
---|
3540 | pszPluginPath = RTPathJoinA(szPath, pPluginDirEntry->szName);
|
---|
3541 | if (!pszPluginPath)
|
---|
3542 | {
|
---|
3543 | rc = VERR_NO_STR_MEMORY;
|
---|
3544 | break;
|
---|
3545 | }
|
---|
3546 |
|
---|
3547 | rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoadPlugIn(pszPluginPath, &hPlugin, NULL);
|
---|
3548 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3549 | {
|
---|
3550 | rc = RTLdrGetSymbol(hPlugin, VD_CACHEFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, (void**)&pfnVDCacheLoad);
|
---|
3551 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) || !pfnVDCacheLoad)
|
---|
3552 | {
|
---|
3553 | LogFunc(("error resolving the entry point %s in plugin %s, rc=%Rrc, pfnVDCacheLoad=%#p\n",
|
---|
3554 | VD_CACHEFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, pPluginDirEntry->szName, rc, pfnVDCacheLoad));
|
---|
3555 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3556 | rc = VERR_SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3557 | }
|
---|
3558 |
|
---|
3559 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3560 | {
|
---|
3561 | /* Get the function table. */
|
---|
3562 | rc = pfnVDCacheLoad(&pBackend);
|
---|
3563 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VDCACHEBACKEND))
|
---|
3564 | {
|
---|
3565 | pBackend->hPlugin = hPlugin;
|
---|
3566 | vdAddCacheBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
3567 | }
|
---|
3568 | else
|
---|
3569 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, pBackend->cbSize, rc));
|
---|
3570 | }
|
---|
3571 | else
|
---|
3572 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, rc));
|
---|
3573 |
|
---|
3574 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3575 | RTLdrClose(hPlugin);
|
---|
3576 | }
|
---|
3577 | RTStrFree(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
3578 | }
|
---|
3579 | out:
|
---|
3580 | if (rc == VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
3581 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3582 | RTStrFree(pszPluginFilter);
|
---|
3583 | if (pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
3584 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
3585 | if (pPluginDir)
|
---|
3586 | RTDirClose(pPluginDir);
|
---|
3587 | return rc;
|
---|
3588 | #else
|
---|
3589 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3590 | #endif
|
---|
3591 | }
|
---|
3592 |
|
---|
3593 | /**
|
---|
3594 | * VD async I/O interface open callback.
|
---|
3595 | */
|
---|
3596 | static int vdIOOpenFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
3597 | uint32_t fOpen, PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted,
|
---|
3598 | void **ppStorage)
|
---|
3599 | {
|
---|
3600 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE));
|
---|
3601 |
|
---|
3602 | if (!pStorage)
|
---|
3603 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3604 |
|
---|
3605 | pStorage->pfnCompleted = pfnCompleted;
|
---|
3606 |
|
---|
3607 | /* Open the file. */
|
---|
3608 | int rc = RTFileOpen(&pStorage->File, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
3609 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3610 | {
|
---|
3611 | *ppStorage = pStorage;
|
---|
3612 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3613 | }
|
---|
3614 |
|
---|
3615 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
3616 | return rc;
|
---|
3617 | }
|
---|
3618 |
|
---|
3619 | /**
|
---|
3620 | * VD async I/O interface close callback.
|
---|
3621 | */
|
---|
3622 | static int vdIOCloseFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
3623 | {
|
---|
3624 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3625 |
|
---|
3626 | RTFileClose(pStorage->File);
|
---|
3627 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
3628 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3629 | }
|
---|
3630 |
|
---|
3631 | static int vdIODeleteFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
3632 | {
|
---|
3633 | return RTFileDelete(pcszFilename);
|
---|
3634 | }
|
---|
3635 |
|
---|
3636 | static int vdIOMoveFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc, const char *pcszDst, unsigned fMove)
|
---|
3637 | {
|
---|
3638 | return RTFileMove(pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
3639 | }
|
---|
3640 |
|
---|
3641 | static int vdIOGetFreeSpaceFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename, int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
3642 | {
|
---|
3643 | return RTFsQuerySizes(pcszFilename, NULL, pcbFreeSpace, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3644 | }
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | static int vdIOGetModificationTimeFallback(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename, PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
3647 | {
|
---|
3648 | RTFSOBJINFO info;
|
---|
3649 | int rc = RTPathQueryInfo(pcszFilename, &info, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING);
|
---|
3650 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3651 | *pModificationTime = info.ModificationTime;
|
---|
3652 | return rc;
|
---|
3653 | }
|
---|
3654 |
|
---|
3655 | /**
|
---|
3656 | * VD async I/O interface callback for retrieving the file size.
|
---|
3657 | */
|
---|
3658 | static int vdIOGetSizeFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
3659 | {
|
---|
3660 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3661 |
|
---|
3662 | return RTFileGetSize(pStorage->File, pcbSize);
|
---|
3663 | }
|
---|
3664 |
|
---|
3665 | /**
|
---|
3666 | * VD async I/O interface callback for setting the file size.
|
---|
3667 | */
|
---|
3668 | static int vdIOSetSizeFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
3669 | {
|
---|
3670 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3671 |
|
---|
3672 | return RTFileSetSize(pStorage->File, cbSize);
|
---|
3673 | }
|
---|
3674 |
|
---|
3675 | /**
|
---|
3676 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous write to the file.
|
---|
3677 | */
|
---|
3678 | static int vdIOWriteSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3679 | const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
3680 | {
|
---|
3681 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3682 |
|
---|
3683 | return RTFileWriteAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
3684 | }
|
---|
3685 |
|
---|
3686 | /**
|
---|
3687 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous read from the file.
|
---|
3688 | */
|
---|
3689 | static int vdIOReadSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3690 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
3691 | {
|
---|
3692 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3693 |
|
---|
3694 | return RTFileReadAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
3695 | }
|
---|
3696 |
|
---|
3697 | /**
|
---|
3698 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
3699 | */
|
---|
3700 | static int vdIOFlushSyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
3701 | {
|
---|
3702 | PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIIOFALLBACKSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
3703 |
|
---|
3704 | return RTFileFlush(pStorage->File);
|
---|
3705 | }
|
---|
3706 |
|
---|
3707 | /**
|
---|
3708 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous read from the file.
|
---|
3709 | */
|
---|
3710 | static int vdIOReadAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3711 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
3712 | size_t cbRead, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
3713 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
3714 | {
|
---|
3715 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3716 | }
|
---|
3717 |
|
---|
3718 | /**
|
---|
3719 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous write to the file.
|
---|
3720 | */
|
---|
3721 | static int vdIOWriteAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
3722 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
3723 | size_t cbWrite, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
3724 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
3725 | {
|
---|
3726 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3727 | }
|
---|
3728 |
|
---|
3729 | /**
|
---|
3730 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
3731 | */
|
---|
3732 | static int vdIOFlushAsyncFallback(void *pvUser, void *pStorage,
|
---|
3733 | void *pvCompletion, void **ppTask)
|
---|
3734 | {
|
---|
3735 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
3736 | }
|
---|
3737 |
|
---|
3738 | /**
|
---|
3739 | * Internal - Continues an I/O context after
|
---|
3740 | * it was halted because of an active transfer.
|
---|
3741 | */
|
---|
3742 | static int vdIoCtxContinue(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int rcReq)
|
---|
3743 | {
|
---|
3744 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3745 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3746 |
|
---|
3747 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
3748 |
|
---|
3749 | if (RT_FAILURE(rcReq))
|
---|
3750 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtx->rcReq, rcReq, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
3751 |
|
---|
3752 | if (!pIoCtx->fBlocked)
|
---|
3753 | {
|
---|
3754 | /* Continue the transfer */
|
---|
3755 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
3756 |
|
---|
3757 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3758 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3759 | {
|
---|
3760 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
3761 | if (pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent)
|
---|
3762 | {
|
---|
3763 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
3764 |
|
---|
3765 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3766 | if (RT_FAILURE(pIoCtx->rcReq))
|
---|
3767 | ASMAtomicCmpXchgS32(&pIoCtxParent->rcReq, pIoCtx->rcReq, VINF_SUCCESS);
|
---|
3768 |
|
---|
3769 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtxParent->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
3770 |
|
---|
3771 | if (pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE)
|
---|
3772 | {
|
---|
3773 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context transferred %u bytes for the parent pIoCtxParent=%p\n",
|
---|
3774 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent, pIoCtxParent));
|
---|
3775 |
|
---|
3776 | /* Update the parent state. */
|
---|
3777 | Assert(pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent);
|
---|
3778 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxParent->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent);
|
---|
3779 | }
|
---|
3780 | else
|
---|
3781 | Assert(pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH);
|
---|
3782 |
|
---|
3783 | /*
|
---|
3784 | * A completed child write means that we finished growing the image.
|
---|
3785 | * We have to process any pending writes now.
|
---|
3786 | */
|
---|
3787 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtxParent, false /* fProcessDeferredReqs */);
|
---|
3788 |
|
---|
3789 | /* Unblock the parent */
|
---|
3790 | pIoCtxParent->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
3791 |
|
---|
3792 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3793 |
|
---|
3794 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3795 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxParent->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3796 | {
|
---|
3797 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3798 | LogFlowFunc(("Parent I/O context completed pIoCtxParent=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n", pIoCtxParent, pIoCtxParent->rcReq));
|
---|
3799 | pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
3800 | pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
3801 | pIoCtxParent->rcReq);
|
---|
3802 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3803 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3804 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3805 | }
|
---|
3806 |
|
---|
3807 | /* Process any pending writes if the current request didn't caused another growing. */
|
---|
3808 | if ( !RTListIsEmpty(&pDisk->ListWriteLocked)
|
---|
3809 | && !vdIoCtxIsDiskLockOwner(pDisk, pIoCtx))
|
---|
3810 | {
|
---|
3811 | RTLISTNODE ListTmp;
|
---|
3812 |
|
---|
3813 | LogFlowFunc(("Before: pNext=%#p pPrev=%#p\n", pDisk->ListWriteLocked.pNext,
|
---|
3814 | pDisk->ListWriteLocked.pPrev));
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | RTListMove(&ListTmp, &pDisk->ListWriteLocked);
|
---|
3817 |
|
---|
3818 | LogFlowFunc(("After: pNext=%#p pPrev=%#p\n", pDisk->ListWriteLocked.pNext,
|
---|
3819 | pDisk->ListWriteLocked.pPrev));
|
---|
3820 |
|
---|
3821 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3822 |
|
---|
3823 | /* Process the list. */
|
---|
3824 | do
|
---|
3825 | {
|
---|
3826 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = RTListGetFirst(&ListTmp, VDIOCTXDEFERRED, NodeDeferred);
|
---|
3827 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWait = pDeferred->pIoCtx;
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
3830 |
|
---|
3831 | RTListNodeRemove(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
3832 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
3833 |
|
---|
3834 | Assert(!pIoCtxWait->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | pIoCtxWait->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
3837 | LogFlowFunc(("Processing waiting I/O context pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
3838 |
|
---|
3839 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
3840 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
3841 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWait->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
3842 | {
|
---|
3843 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
3844 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3845 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
3846 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
3847 | pIoCtxWait->rcReq);
|
---|
3848 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
3849 | }
|
---|
3850 | } while (!RTListIsEmpty(&ListTmp));
|
---|
3851 |
|
---|
3852 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3853 | }
|
---|
3854 | }
|
---|
3855 | else
|
---|
3856 | {
|
---|
3857 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3858 |
|
---|
3859 | if (pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH)
|
---|
3860 | {
|
---|
3861 | vdIoCtxUnlockDisk(pDisk, pIoCtx, true /* fProcessDerredReqs */);
|
---|
3862 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3863 | }
|
---|
3864 | else if ( pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE
|
---|
3865 | || pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_DISCARD)
|
---|
3866 | vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3867 | else
|
---|
3868 | {
|
---|
3869 | Assert(pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ);
|
---|
3870 | vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3871 | }
|
---|
3872 |
|
---|
3873 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed pIoCtx=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n", pIoCtx, pIoCtx->rcReq));
|
---|
3874 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
3875 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2,
|
---|
3876 | pIoCtx->rcReq);
|
---|
3877 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3878 | }
|
---|
3879 |
|
---|
3880 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
3881 | }
|
---|
3882 | }
|
---|
3883 |
|
---|
3884 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3885 | }
|
---|
3886 |
|
---|
3887 | /**
|
---|
3888 | * Internal - Called when user transfer completed.
|
---|
3889 | */
|
---|
3890 | static int vdUserXferCompleted(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
3891 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser,
|
---|
3892 | size_t cbTransfer, int rcReq)
|
---|
3893 | {
|
---|
3894 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3895 | bool fIoCtxContinue = true;
|
---|
3896 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
3897 |
|
---|
3898 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoStorage=%#p pIoCtx=%#p pfnComplete=%#p pvUser=%#p cbTransfer=%zu rcReq=%Rrc\n",
|
---|
3899 | pIoStorage, pIoCtx, pfnComplete, pvUser, cbTransfer, rcReq));
|
---|
3900 |
|
---|
3901 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3902 | Assert(pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft >= cbTransfer);
|
---|
3903 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbTransfer);
|
---|
3904 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
3905 |
|
---|
3906 | if (pfnComplete)
|
---|
3907 | rc = pfnComplete(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pBackendData, pIoCtx, pvUser, rcReq);
|
---|
3908 |
|
---|
3909 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3910 | rc = vdIoCtxContinue(pIoCtx, rcReq);
|
---|
3911 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
3912 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3913 |
|
---|
3914 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
3915 |
|
---|
3916 | return rc;
|
---|
3917 | }
|
---|
3918 |
|
---|
3919 | /**
|
---|
3920 | * Internal - Called when a meta transfer completed.
|
---|
3921 | */
|
---|
3922 | static int vdMetaXferCompleted(PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete, void *pvUser,
|
---|
3923 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer, int rcReq)
|
---|
3924 | {
|
---|
3925 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
3926 | RTLISTNODE ListIoCtxWaiting;
|
---|
3927 | bool fFlush;
|
---|
3928 |
|
---|
3929 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoStorage=%#p pfnComplete=%#p pvUser=%#p pMetaXfer=%#p rcReq=%Rrc\n",
|
---|
3930 | pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvUser, pMetaXfer, rcReq));
|
---|
3931 |
|
---|
3932 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
3933 | fFlush = VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH;
|
---|
3934 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
3935 |
|
---|
3936 | if (!fFlush)
|
---|
3937 | {
|
---|
3938 | RTListMove(&ListIoCtxWaiting, &pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
3939 |
|
---|
3940 | if (RT_FAILURE(rcReq))
|
---|
3941 | {
|
---|
3942 | /* Remove from the AVL tree. */
|
---|
3943 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
3944 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
3945 | Assert(fRemoved);
|
---|
3946 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
3947 | }
|
---|
3948 | else
|
---|
3949 | {
|
---|
3950 | /* Increase the reference counter to make sure it doesn't go away before the last context is processed. */
|
---|
3951 | pMetaXfer->cRefs++;
|
---|
3952 | }
|
---|
3953 | }
|
---|
3954 | else
|
---|
3955 | RTListMove(&ListIoCtxWaiting, &pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting);
|
---|
3956 |
|
---|
3957 | /* Go through the waiting list and continue the I/O contexts. */
|
---|
3958 | while (!RTListIsEmpty(&ListIoCtxWaiting))
|
---|
3959 | {
|
---|
3960 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3961 | bool fContinue = true;
|
---|
3962 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = RTListGetFirst(&ListIoCtxWaiting, VDIOCTXDEFERRED, NodeDeferred);
|
---|
3963 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = pDeferred->pIoCtx;
|
---|
3964 | RTListNodeRemove(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
3965 |
|
---|
3966 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
3967 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
3968 |
|
---|
3969 | if (pfnComplete)
|
---|
3970 | rc = pfnComplete(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pBackendData, pIoCtx, pvUser, rcReq);
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | LogFlow(("Completion callback for I/O context %#p returned %Rrc\n", pIoCtx, rc));
|
---|
3973 |
|
---|
3974 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3975 | {
|
---|
3976 | rc = vdIoCtxContinue(pIoCtx, rcReq);
|
---|
3977 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3978 | }
|
---|
3979 | else
|
---|
3980 | Assert(rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3981 | }
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | /* Remove if not used anymore. */
|
---|
3984 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rcReq) && !fFlush)
|
---|
3985 | {
|
---|
3986 | pMetaXfer->cRefs--;
|
---|
3987 | if (!pMetaXfer->cRefs && RTListIsEmpty(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting))
|
---|
3988 | {
|
---|
3989 | /* Remove from the AVL tree. */
|
---|
3990 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
3991 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
3992 | Assert(fRemoved);
|
---|
3993 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
3994 | }
|
---|
3995 | }
|
---|
3996 | else if (fFlush)
|
---|
3997 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
3998 |
|
---|
3999 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
4000 |
|
---|
4001 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4002 | }
|
---|
4003 |
|
---|
4004 | static int vdIOIntReqCompleted(void *pvUser, int rcReq)
|
---|
4005 | {
|
---|
4006 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4007 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)pvUser;
|
---|
4008 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = pIoTask->pIoStorage;
|
---|
4009 |
|
---|
4010 | LogFlowFunc(("Task completed pIoTask=%#p\n", pIoTask));
|
---|
4011 |
|
---|
4012 | if (!pIoTask->fMeta)
|
---|
4013 | rc = vdUserXferCompleted(pIoStorage, pIoTask->Type.User.pIoCtx,
|
---|
4014 | pIoTask->pfnComplete, pIoTask->pvUser,
|
---|
4015 | pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer, rcReq);
|
---|
4016 | else
|
---|
4017 | rc = vdMetaXferCompleted(pIoStorage, pIoTask->pfnComplete, pIoTask->pvUser,
|
---|
4018 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pMetaXfer, rcReq);
|
---|
4019 |
|
---|
4020 | vdIoTaskFree(pIoStorage->pVDIo->pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4021 |
|
---|
4022 | return rc;
|
---|
4023 | }
|
---|
4024 |
|
---|
4025 | /**
|
---|
4026 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file.
|
---|
4027 | */
|
---|
4028 | static int vdIOIntOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
4029 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
4030 | {
|
---|
4031 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4032 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4033 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
4034 |
|
---|
4035 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
4036 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4037 |
|
---|
4038 | /* Create the AVl tree. */
|
---|
4039 | pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers = (PAVLRFOFFTREE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(AVLRFOFFTREE));
|
---|
4040 | if (pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers)
|
---|
4041 | {
|
---|
4042 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnOpen(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4043 | pszLocation, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
4044 | vdIOIntReqCompleted,
|
---|
4045 | &pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4046 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4047 | {
|
---|
4048 | pIoStorage->pVDIo = pVDIo;
|
---|
4049 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
4050 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4051 | }
|
---|
4052 |
|
---|
4053 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers);
|
---|
4054 | }
|
---|
4055 | else
|
---|
4056 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4057 |
|
---|
4058 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4059 | return rc;
|
---|
4060 | }
|
---|
4061 |
|
---|
4062 | static int vdIOIntTreeMetaXferDestroy(PAVLRFOFFNODECORE pNode, void *pvUser)
|
---|
4063 | {
|
---|
4064 | AssertMsgFailed(("Tree should be empty at this point!\n"));
|
---|
4065 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4066 | }
|
---|
4067 |
|
---|
4068 | static int vdIOIntClose(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
4069 | {
|
---|
4070 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4071 |
|
---|
4072 | int rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnClose(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4073 | pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4074 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
4075 |
|
---|
4076 | RTAvlrFileOffsetDestroy(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, vdIOIntTreeMetaXferDestroy, NULL);
|
---|
4077 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers);
|
---|
4078 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4079 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4080 | }
|
---|
4081 |
|
---|
4082 | static int vdIOIntDelete(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
4083 | {
|
---|
4084 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4085 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnDelete(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4086 | pcszFilename);
|
---|
4087 | }
|
---|
4088 |
|
---|
4089 | static int vdIOIntMove(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc, const char *pcszDst,
|
---|
4090 | unsigned fMove)
|
---|
4091 | {
|
---|
4092 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4093 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnMove(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4094 | pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
4095 | }
|
---|
4096 |
|
---|
4097 | static int vdIOIntGetFreeSpace(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4098 | int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
4099 | {
|
---|
4100 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4101 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetFreeSpace(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4102 | pcszFilename, pcbFreeSpace);
|
---|
4103 | }
|
---|
4104 |
|
---|
4105 | static int vdIOIntGetModificationTime(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4106 | PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
4107 | {
|
---|
4108 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4109 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetModificationTime(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4110 | pcszFilename, pModificationTime);
|
---|
4111 | }
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | static int vdIOIntGetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4114 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
4115 | {
|
---|
4116 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4117 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnGetSize(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4118 | pIoStorage->pStorage, pcbSize);
|
---|
4119 | }
|
---|
4120 |
|
---|
4121 | static int vdIOIntSetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4122 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
4123 | {
|
---|
4124 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4125 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnSetSize(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4126 | pIoStorage->pStorage, cbSize);
|
---|
4127 | }
|
---|
4128 |
|
---|
4129 | static int vdIOIntWriteSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4130 | uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4131 | size_t cbWrite, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
4132 | {
|
---|
4133 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4134 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4135 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4136 | pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
4137 | }
|
---|
4138 |
|
---|
4139 | static int vdIOIntReadSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4140 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
4141 | size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
4142 | {
|
---|
4143 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4144 | return pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4145 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4146 | pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
4147 | }
|
---|
4148 |
|
---|
4149 | static int vdIOIntFlushSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
4150 | {
|
---|
4151 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4152 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4153 |
|
---|
4154 | if (!pVDIo->fIgnoreFlush)
|
---|
4155 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushSync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4156 | pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4157 |
|
---|
4158 | return rc;
|
---|
4159 | }
|
---|
4160 |
|
---|
4161 | static int vdIOIntReadUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4162 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4163 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
4164 | {
|
---|
4165 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4166 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4167 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4168 |
|
---|
4169 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbRead=%u\n",
|
---|
4170 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbRead));
|
---|
4171 |
|
---|
4172 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4173 |
|
---|
4174 | Assert(cbRead > 0);
|
---|
4175 |
|
---|
4176 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
4177 | while (cbRead)
|
---|
4178 | {
|
---|
4179 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
4180 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
4181 | size_t cbTaskRead = 0;
|
---|
4182 |
|
---|
4183 | cbTaskRead = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbRead);
|
---|
4184 |
|
---|
4185 | Assert(cSegments > 0);
|
---|
4186 | Assert(cbTaskRead > 0);
|
---|
4187 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= cbRead, ("Invalid number of bytes to read\n"));
|
---|
4188 |
|
---|
4189 | LogFlow(("Reading %u bytes into %u segments\n", cbTaskRead, cSegments));
|
---|
4190 |
|
---|
4191 | #ifdef RT_STRICT
|
---|
4192 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
4193 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
4194 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
4195 | #endif
|
---|
4196 |
|
---|
4197 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pIoStorage, NULL, NULL, pIoCtx, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4198 |
|
---|
4199 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4200 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4201 |
|
---|
4202 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4203 |
|
---|
4204 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
4205 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4206 | pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset,
|
---|
4207 | aSeg, cSegments, cbTaskRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
4208 | &pvTask);
|
---|
4209 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4210 | {
|
---|
4211 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
4212 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
4213 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4214 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4215 | }
|
---|
4216 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4217 | {
|
---|
4218 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4219 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4220 | break;
|
---|
4221 | }
|
---|
4222 |
|
---|
4223 | uOffset += cbTaskRead;
|
---|
4224 | cbRead -= cbTaskRead;
|
---|
4225 | }
|
---|
4226 |
|
---|
4227 | LogFlowFunc(("returns rc=%Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4228 | return rc;
|
---|
4229 | }
|
---|
4230 |
|
---|
4231 | static int vdIOIntWriteUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4232 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4233 | size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
4234 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4235 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4236 | {
|
---|
4237 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4238 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4239 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4240 |
|
---|
4241 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbWrite=%u\n",
|
---|
4242 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbWrite));
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4245 |
|
---|
4246 | Assert(cbWrite > 0);
|
---|
4247 |
|
---|
4248 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
4249 | while (cbWrite)
|
---|
4250 | {
|
---|
4251 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
4252 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
4253 | size_t cbTaskWrite = 0;
|
---|
4254 |
|
---|
4255 | cbTaskWrite = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbWrite);
|
---|
4256 |
|
---|
4257 | Assert(cSegments > 0);
|
---|
4258 | Assert(cbTaskWrite > 0);
|
---|
4259 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= cbWrite, ("Invalid number of bytes to write\n"));
|
---|
4260 |
|
---|
4261 | LogFlow(("Writing %u bytes from %u segments\n", cbTaskWrite, cSegments));
|
---|
4262 |
|
---|
4263 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
4264 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
4265 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
4266 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
4267 | #endif
|
---|
4268 |
|
---|
4269 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pIoCtx, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4270 |
|
---|
4271 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4272 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4273 |
|
---|
4274 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
4277 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4278 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4279 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
4280 | cbTaskWrite, pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4281 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4282 | {
|
---|
4283 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
4284 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
4285 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4286 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4287 | }
|
---|
4288 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4289 | {
|
---|
4290 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cDataTransfersPending);
|
---|
4291 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4292 | break;
|
---|
4293 | }
|
---|
4294 |
|
---|
4295 | uOffset += cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
4296 | cbWrite -= cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
4297 | }
|
---|
4298 |
|
---|
4299 | return rc;
|
---|
4300 | }
|
---|
4301 |
|
---|
4302 | static int vdIOIntReadMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4303 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4304 | size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4305 | PPVDMETAXFER ppMetaXfer,
|
---|
4306 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4307 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4308 | {
|
---|
4309 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4310 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4311 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4312 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4313 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4314 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4315 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4316 |
|
---|
4317 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbRead=%u\n",
|
---|
4318 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
4319 |
|
---|
4320 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4321 |
|
---|
4322 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGet(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset);
|
---|
4323 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4324 | {
|
---|
4325 | #ifdef RT_STRICT
|
---|
4326 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGetBestFit(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset, false /* fAbove */);
|
---|
4327 | AssertMsg(!pMetaXfer || (pMetaXfer->Core.Key + (RTFOFF)pMetaXfer->cbMeta <= (RTFOFF)uOffset),
|
---|
4328 | ("Overlapping meta transfers!\n"));
|
---|
4329 | #endif
|
---|
4330 |
|
---|
4331 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4332 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, uOffset, cbRead);
|
---|
4333 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4334 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4335 |
|
---|
4336 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4337 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4338 | {
|
---|
4339 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4340 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4341 | }
|
---|
4342 |
|
---|
4343 | Seg.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
4344 | Seg.pvSeg = pMetaXfer->abData;
|
---|
4345 |
|
---|
4346 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ);
|
---|
4347 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnReadAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4348 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4349 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
4350 | cbRead, pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4351 |
|
---|
4352 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4353 | {
|
---|
4354 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrFileOffsetInsert(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, &pMetaXfer->Core);
|
---|
4355 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
4356 | }
|
---|
4357 | else
|
---|
4358 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4359 |
|
---|
4360 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4361 | {
|
---|
4362 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4363 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4364 | }
|
---|
4365 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS && !pfnComplete)
|
---|
4366 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
4367 | }
|
---|
4368 |
|
---|
4369 | Assert(VALID_PTR(pMetaXfer) || RT_FAILURE(rc));
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) || rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA || rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4372 | {
|
---|
4373 | /* If it is pending add the request to the list. */
|
---|
4374 | if (VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_READ)
|
---|
4375 | {
|
---|
4376 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4377 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4378 |
|
---|
4379 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4380 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4381 |
|
---|
4382 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4383 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4384 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
4385 | }
|
---|
4386 | else
|
---|
4387 | {
|
---|
4388 | /* Transfer the data. */
|
---|
4389 | pMetaXfer->cRefs++;
|
---|
4390 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cbMeta >= cbRead);
|
---|
4391 | Assert(pMetaXfer->Core.Key == (RTFOFF)uOffset);
|
---|
4392 | memcpy(pvBuf, pMetaXfer->abData, cbRead);
|
---|
4393 | *ppMetaXfer = pMetaXfer;
|
---|
4394 | }
|
---|
4395 | }
|
---|
4396 |
|
---|
4397 | return rc;
|
---|
4398 | }
|
---|
4399 |
|
---|
4400 | static int vdIOIntWriteMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4401 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4402 | size_t cbWrite, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4403 | PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4404 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4405 | {
|
---|
4406 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4407 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4408 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4409 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
4410 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4411 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4412 | bool fInTree = false;
|
---|
4413 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4414 |
|
---|
4415 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%#p cbWrite=%u\n",
|
---|
4416 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
4417 |
|
---|
4418 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4419 |
|
---|
4420 | pMetaXfer = (PVDMETAXFER)RTAvlrFileOffsetGet(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, uOffset);
|
---|
4421 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4422 | {
|
---|
4423 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4424 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, uOffset, cbWrite);
|
---|
4425 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4426 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4427 | }
|
---|
4428 | else
|
---|
4429 | {
|
---|
4430 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cbMeta >= cbWrite);
|
---|
4431 | Assert(pMetaXfer->Core.Key == (RTFOFF)uOffset);
|
---|
4432 | fInTree = true;
|
---|
4433 | }
|
---|
4434 |
|
---|
4435 | Assert(VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4436 |
|
---|
4437 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvCompleteUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4438 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4439 | {
|
---|
4440 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4441 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4442 | }
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | memcpy(pMetaXfer->abData, pvBuf, cbWrite);
|
---|
4445 | Seg.cbSeg = cbWrite;
|
---|
4446 | Seg.pvSeg = pMetaXfer->abData;
|
---|
4447 |
|
---|
4448 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4449 |
|
---|
4450 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
4451 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4452 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4453 | uOffset, &Seg, 1, cbWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
4454 | &pvTask);
|
---|
4455 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4456 | {
|
---|
4457 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4458 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4459 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4460 | if (fInTree && !pMetaXfer->cRefs)
|
---|
4461 | {
|
---|
4462 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4463 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4464 | AssertMsg(fRemoved, ("Metadata transfer wasn't removed\n"));
|
---|
4465 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4466 | pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4467 | }
|
---|
4468 | }
|
---|
4469 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4470 | {
|
---|
4471 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4472 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4473 |
|
---|
4474 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4475 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4476 |
|
---|
4477 | if (!fInTree)
|
---|
4478 | {
|
---|
4479 | bool fInserted = RTAvlrFileOffsetInsert(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, &pMetaXfer->Core);
|
---|
4480 | Assert(fInserted);
|
---|
4481 | }
|
---|
4482 |
|
---|
4483 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4484 | }
|
---|
4485 | else
|
---|
4486 | {
|
---|
4487 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4488 | pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4489 | }
|
---|
4490 |
|
---|
4491 | return rc;
|
---|
4492 | }
|
---|
4493 |
|
---|
4494 | static void vdIOIntMetaXferRelease(void *pvUser, PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4495 | {
|
---|
4496 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4497 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4498 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = pMetaXfer->pIoStorage;
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4501 |
|
---|
4502 | Assert( VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE
|
---|
4503 | || VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
4504 | Assert(pMetaXfer->cRefs > 0);
|
---|
4505 |
|
---|
4506 | pMetaXfer->cRefs--;
|
---|
4507 | if ( !pMetaXfer->cRefs
|
---|
4508 | && RTListIsEmpty(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting)
|
---|
4509 | && VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_GET(pMetaXfer->fFlags) == VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE)
|
---|
4510 | {
|
---|
4511 | /* Free the meta data entry. */
|
---|
4512 | LogFlow(("Removing meta xfer=%#p\n", pMetaXfer));
|
---|
4513 | bool fRemoved = RTAvlrFileOffsetRemove(pIoStorage->pTreeMetaXfers, pMetaXfer->Core.Key) != NULL;
|
---|
4514 | AssertMsg(fRemoved, ("Metadata transfer wasn't removed\n"));
|
---|
4515 |
|
---|
4516 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4517 | }
|
---|
4518 | }
|
---|
4519 |
|
---|
4520 | static int vdIOIntFlushAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4521 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, PFNVDXFERCOMPLETED pfnComplete,
|
---|
4522 | void *pvCompleteUser)
|
---|
4523 | {
|
---|
4524 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4525 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4526 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4527 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
4528 | PVDMETAXFER pMetaXfer = NULL;
|
---|
4529 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
4530 |
|
---|
4531 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4532 |
|
---|
4533 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p pIoCtx=%#p\n",
|
---|
4534 | pvUser, pIoStorage, pIoCtx));
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | if (pVDIo->fIgnoreFlush)
|
---|
4537 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4538 |
|
---|
4539 | /* Allocate a new meta transfer. */
|
---|
4540 | pMetaXfer = vdMetaXferAlloc(pIoStorage, 0, 0);
|
---|
4541 | if (!pMetaXfer)
|
---|
4542 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4543 |
|
---|
4544 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pIoStorage, pfnComplete, pvUser, pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4545 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
4546 | {
|
---|
4547 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4548 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4549 | }
|
---|
4550 |
|
---|
4551 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4552 |
|
---|
4553 | PVDIOCTXDEFERRED pDeferred = (PVDIOCTXDEFERRED)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOCTXDEFERRED));
|
---|
4554 | AssertPtr(pDeferred);
|
---|
4555 |
|
---|
4556 | RTListInit(&pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4557 | pDeferred->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
4558 |
|
---|
4559 | RTListAppend(&pMetaXfer->ListIoCtxWaiting, &pDeferred->NodeDeferred);
|
---|
4560 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_FLUSH);
|
---|
4561 | rc = pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushAsync(pVDIo->pInterfaceIo->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4562 | pIoStorage->pStorage,
|
---|
4563 | pIoTask, &pvTask);
|
---|
4564 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4565 | {
|
---|
4566 | VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_SET(pMetaXfer->fFlags, VDMETAXFER_TXDIR_NONE);
|
---|
4567 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
4568 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
4569 | RTMemFree(pDeferred);
|
---|
4570 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4571 | }
|
---|
4572 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
4573 | RTMemFree(pMetaXfer);
|
---|
4574 |
|
---|
4575 | return rc;
|
---|
4576 | }
|
---|
4577 |
|
---|
4578 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxCopyTo(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4579 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
4580 | {
|
---|
4581 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4582 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4583 | size_t cbCopied = 0;
|
---|
4584 |
|
---|
4585 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4586 |
|
---|
4587 | cbCopied = vdIoCtxCopyTo(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
4588 | Assert(cbCopied == cbBuf);
|
---|
4589 |
|
---|
4590 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbCopied);
|
---|
4591 |
|
---|
4592 | return cbCopied;
|
---|
4593 | }
|
---|
4594 |
|
---|
4595 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxCopyFrom(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4596 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
4597 | {
|
---|
4598 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4599 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4600 | size_t cbCopied = 0;
|
---|
4601 |
|
---|
4602 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4603 |
|
---|
4604 | cbCopied = vdIoCtxCopyFrom(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
4605 | Assert(cbCopied == cbBuf);
|
---|
4606 |
|
---|
4607 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbCopied);
|
---|
4608 |
|
---|
4609 | return cbCopied;
|
---|
4610 | }
|
---|
4611 |
|
---|
4612 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxSet(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int ch, size_t cb)
|
---|
4613 | {
|
---|
4614 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4615 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4616 | size_t cbSet = 0;
|
---|
4617 |
|
---|
4618 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4619 |
|
---|
4620 | cbSet = vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, ch, cb);
|
---|
4621 | Assert(cbSet == cb);
|
---|
4622 |
|
---|
4623 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbSet);
|
---|
4624 |
|
---|
4625 | return cbSet;
|
---|
4626 | }
|
---|
4627 |
|
---|
4628 | static size_t vdIOIntIoCtxSegArrayCreate(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
4629 | PRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned *pcSeg,
|
---|
4630 | size_t cbData)
|
---|
4631 | {
|
---|
4632 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4633 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4634 | size_t cbCreated = 0;
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | VD_THREAD_IS_CRITSECT_OWNER(pDisk);
|
---|
4637 |
|
---|
4638 | cbCreated = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.SgBuf, paSeg, pcSeg, cbData);
|
---|
4639 | Assert(!paSeg || cbData == cbCreated);
|
---|
4640 |
|
---|
4641 | return cbCreated;
|
---|
4642 | }
|
---|
4643 |
|
---|
4644 | static void vdIOIntIoCtxCompleted(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, int rcReq,
|
---|
4645 | size_t cbCompleted)
|
---|
4646 | {
|
---|
4647 | PVDIO pVDIo = (PVDIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4648 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pVDIo->pDisk;
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | /*
|
---|
4651 | * Grab the disk critical section to avoid races with other threads which
|
---|
4652 | * might still modify the I/O context.
|
---|
4653 | * Example is that iSCSI is doing an asynchronous write but calls us already
|
---|
4654 | * while the other thread is still hanging in vdWriteHelperAsync and couldn't update
|
---|
4655 | * the fBlocked state yet.
|
---|
4656 | * It can overwrite the state to true before we call vdIoCtxContinue and the
|
---|
4657 | * the request would hang indefinite.
|
---|
4658 | */
|
---|
4659 | int rc = RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
4660 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
4661 |
|
---|
4662 | /* Continue */
|
---|
4663 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
4664 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft, cbCompleted);
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | /* Clear the pointer to next transfer function in case we have nothing to transfer anymore.
|
---|
4667 | * @todo: Find a better way to prevent vdIoCtxContinue from calling the read/write helper again. */
|
---|
4668 | if (!pIoCtx->Req.Io.cbTransferLeft)
|
---|
4669 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = NULL;
|
---|
4670 |
|
---|
4671 | vdIoCtxContinue(pIoCtx, rcReq);
|
---|
4672 |
|
---|
4673 | vdDiskCritSectLeave(pDisk, NULL);
|
---|
4674 | }
|
---|
4675 |
|
---|
4676 | /**
|
---|
4677 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file (limited version for VDGetFormat).
|
---|
4678 | */
|
---|
4679 | static int vdIOIntOpenLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
4680 | uint32_t fOpen, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
4681 | {
|
---|
4682 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4683 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4684 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
4685 |
|
---|
4686 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
4687 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
4688 |
|
---|
4689 | rc = pInterfaceIo->pfnOpen(NULL, pszLocation, fOpen, NULL, &pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4690 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4691 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
4692 | else
|
---|
4693 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4694 |
|
---|
4695 | return rc;
|
---|
4696 | }
|
---|
4697 |
|
---|
4698 | static int vdIOIntCloseLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
4699 | {
|
---|
4700 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4701 | int rc = pInterfaceIo->pfnClose(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4702 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
4703 |
|
---|
4704 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
4705 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4706 | }
|
---|
4707 |
|
---|
4708 | static int vdIOIntDeleteLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename)
|
---|
4709 | {
|
---|
4710 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4711 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnDelete(NULL, pcszFilename);
|
---|
4712 | }
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | static int vdIOIntMoveLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszSrc,
|
---|
4715 | const char *pcszDst, unsigned fMove)
|
---|
4716 | {
|
---|
4717 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4718 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnMove(NULL, pcszSrc, pcszDst, fMove);
|
---|
4719 | }
|
---|
4720 |
|
---|
4721 | static int vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4722 | int64_t *pcbFreeSpace)
|
---|
4723 | {
|
---|
4724 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4725 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetFreeSpace(NULL, pcszFilename, pcbFreeSpace);
|
---|
4726 | }
|
---|
4727 |
|
---|
4728 | static int vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited(void *pvUser,
|
---|
4729 | const char *pcszFilename,
|
---|
4730 | PRTTIMESPEC pModificationTime)
|
---|
4731 | {
|
---|
4732 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4733 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetModificationTime(NULL, pcszFilename, pModificationTime);
|
---|
4734 | }
|
---|
4735 |
|
---|
4736 | static int vdIOIntGetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4737 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
4738 | {
|
---|
4739 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4740 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnGetSize(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, pcbSize);
|
---|
4741 | }
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | static int vdIOIntSetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4744 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
4745 | {
|
---|
4746 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4747 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnSetSize(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, cbSize);
|
---|
4748 | }
|
---|
4749 |
|
---|
4750 | static int vdIOIntWriteSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4751 | uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4752 | size_t cbWrite, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
4753 | {
|
---|
4754 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4755 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnWriteSync(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
4756 | }
|
---|
4757 |
|
---|
4758 | static int vdIOIntReadSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
4759 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
4760 | size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
4761 | {
|
---|
4762 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4763 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnReadSync(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
4764 | }
|
---|
4765 |
|
---|
4766 | static int vdIOIntFlushSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
4767 | {
|
---|
4768 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo = (PVDINTERFACEIO)pvUser;
|
---|
4769 | return pInterfaceIo->pfnFlushSync(NULL, pIoStorage->pStorage);
|
---|
4770 | }
|
---|
4771 |
|
---|
4772 | /**
|
---|
4773 | * internal: send output to the log (unconditionally).
|
---|
4774 | */
|
---|
4775 | int vdLogMessage(void *pvUser, const char *pszFormat, va_list args)
|
---|
4776 | {
|
---|
4777 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
4778 | RTLogPrintfV(pszFormat, args);
|
---|
4779 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4780 | }
|
---|
4781 |
|
---|
4782 | DECLINLINE(int) vdMessageWrapper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
4783 | {
|
---|
4784 | va_list va;
|
---|
4785 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
4786 | int rc = pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage(pDisk->pInterfaceError->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
4787 | pszFormat, va);
|
---|
4788 | va_end(va);
|
---|
4789 | return rc;
|
---|
4790 | }
|
---|
4791 |
|
---|
4792 |
|
---|
4793 | /**
|
---|
4794 | * internal: adjust PCHS geometry
|
---|
4795 | */
|
---|
4796 | static void vdFixupPCHSGeometry(PVDGEOMETRY pPCHS, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
4797 | {
|
---|
4798 | /* Fix broken PCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either the backend
|
---|
4799 | * mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used to create the source
|
---|
4800 | * image has put garbage in it. Additionally, if the PCHS geometry covers
|
---|
4801 | * more than the image size, set it back to the default. */
|
---|
4802 | if ( pPCHS->cHeads > 16
|
---|
4803 | || pPCHS->cSectors > 63
|
---|
4804 | || pPCHS->cCylinders == 0
|
---|
4805 | || (uint64_t)pPCHS->cHeads * pPCHS->cSectors * pPCHS->cCylinders * 512 > cbSize)
|
---|
4806 | {
|
---|
4807 | Assert(!(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383)));
|
---|
4808 | pPCHS->cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383);
|
---|
4809 | pPCHS->cHeads = 16;
|
---|
4810 | pPCHS->cSectors = 63;
|
---|
4811 | }
|
---|
4812 | }
|
---|
4813 |
|
---|
4814 | /**
|
---|
4815 | * internal: adjust PCHS geometry
|
---|
4816 | */
|
---|
4817 | static void vdFixupLCHSGeometry(PVDGEOMETRY pLCHS, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
4818 | {
|
---|
4819 | /* Fix broken LCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either the backend
|
---|
4820 | * mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used to create the source
|
---|
4821 | * image has put garbage in it. The fix in this case is to clear the LCHS
|
---|
4822 | * geometry to trigger autodetection when it is used next. If the geometry
|
---|
4823 | * already says "please autodetect" (cylinders=0) keep it. */
|
---|
4824 | if ( ( pLCHS->cHeads > 255
|
---|
4825 | || pLCHS->cHeads == 0
|
---|
4826 | || pLCHS->cSectors > 63
|
---|
4827 | || pLCHS->cSectors == 0)
|
---|
4828 | && pLCHS->cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
4829 | {
|
---|
4830 | pLCHS->cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4831 | pLCHS->cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4832 | pLCHS->cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4833 | }
|
---|
4834 | /* Always recompute the number of cylinders stored in the LCHS
|
---|
4835 | * geometry if it isn't set to "autotedetect" at the moment.
|
---|
4836 | * This is very useful if the destination image size is
|
---|
4837 | * larger or smaller than the source image size. Do not modify
|
---|
4838 | * the number of heads and sectors. Windows guests hate it. */
|
---|
4839 | if ( pLCHS->cCylinders != 0
|
---|
4840 | && pLCHS->cHeads != 0 /* paranoia */
|
---|
4841 | && pLCHS->cSectors != 0 /* paranoia */)
|
---|
4842 | {
|
---|
4843 | Assert(!(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024)));
|
---|
4844 | pLCHS->cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / pLCHS->cHeads / pLCHS->cSectors, 1024);
|
---|
4845 | }
|
---|
4846 | }
|
---|
4847 |
|
---|
4848 | /**
|
---|
4849 | * Sets the I/O callbacks of the given interface to the fallback methods
|
---|
4850 | *
|
---|
4851 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
4852 | * @param pIfIo The I/O interface to setup.
|
---|
4853 | */
|
---|
4854 | static void vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(PVDINTERFACEIO pIfIo)
|
---|
4855 | {
|
---|
4856 | pIfIo->pfnOpen = vdIOOpenFallback;
|
---|
4857 | pIfIo->pfnClose = vdIOCloseFallback;
|
---|
4858 | pIfIo->pfnDelete = vdIODeleteFallback;
|
---|
4859 | pIfIo->pfnMove = vdIOMoveFallback;
|
---|
4860 | pIfIo->pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOGetFreeSpaceFallback;
|
---|
4861 | pIfIo->pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOGetModificationTimeFallback;
|
---|
4862 | pIfIo->pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSizeFallback;
|
---|
4863 | pIfIo->pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSizeFallback;
|
---|
4864 | pIfIo->pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSyncFallback;
|
---|
4865 | pIfIo->pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSyncFallback;
|
---|
4866 | pIfIo->pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSyncFallback;
|
---|
4867 | pIfIo->pfnReadAsync = vdIOReadAsyncFallback;
|
---|
4868 | pIfIo->pfnWriteAsync = vdIOWriteAsyncFallback;
|
---|
4869 | pIfIo->pfnFlushAsync = vdIOFlushAsyncFallback;
|
---|
4870 | }
|
---|
4871 |
|
---|
4872 | /**
|
---|
4873 | * Sets the internal I/O callbacks of the given interface.
|
---|
4874 | *
|
---|
4875 | * @returns nothing.
|
---|
4876 | * @param pIfIoInt The internal I/O interface to setup.
|
---|
4877 | */
|
---|
4878 | static void vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(PVDINTERFACEIOINT pIfIoInt)
|
---|
4879 | {
|
---|
4880 | pIfIoInt->pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpen;
|
---|
4881 | pIfIoInt->pfnClose = vdIOIntClose;
|
---|
4882 | pIfIoInt->pfnDelete = vdIOIntDelete;
|
---|
4883 | pIfIoInt->pfnMove = vdIOIntMove;
|
---|
4884 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpace;
|
---|
4885 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTime;
|
---|
4886 | pIfIoInt->pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSize;
|
---|
4887 | pIfIoInt->pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSize;
|
---|
4888 | pIfIoInt->pfnReadSync = vdIOIntReadSync;
|
---|
4889 | pIfIoInt->pfnWriteSync = vdIOIntWriteSync;
|
---|
4890 | pIfIoInt->pfnFlushSync = vdIOIntFlushSync;
|
---|
4891 | pIfIoInt->pfnReadUserAsync = vdIOIntReadUserAsync;
|
---|
4892 | pIfIoInt->pfnWriteUserAsync = vdIOIntWriteUserAsync;
|
---|
4893 | pIfIoInt->pfnReadMetaAsync = vdIOIntReadMetaAsync;
|
---|
4894 | pIfIoInt->pfnWriteMetaAsync = vdIOIntWriteMetaAsync;
|
---|
4895 | pIfIoInt->pfnMetaXferRelease = vdIOIntMetaXferRelease;
|
---|
4896 | pIfIoInt->pfnFlushAsync = vdIOIntFlushAsync;
|
---|
4897 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCopyFrom = vdIOIntIoCtxCopyFrom;
|
---|
4898 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCopyTo = vdIOIntIoCtxCopyTo;
|
---|
4899 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxSet = vdIOIntIoCtxSet;
|
---|
4900 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxSegArrayCreate = vdIOIntIoCtxSegArrayCreate;
|
---|
4901 | pIfIoInt->pfnIoCtxCompleted = vdIOIntIoCtxCompleted;
|
---|
4902 | }
|
---|
4903 |
|
---|
4904 | /**
|
---|
4905 | * Initializes HDD backends.
|
---|
4906 | *
|
---|
4907 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4908 | */
|
---|
4909 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDInit(void)
|
---|
4910 | {
|
---|
4911 | int rc = vdAddBackends(aStaticBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticBackends));
|
---|
4912 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4913 | {
|
---|
4914 | rc = vdAddCacheBackends(aStaticCacheBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticCacheBackends));
|
---|
4915 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4916 | {
|
---|
4917 | rc = vdLoadDynamicBackends();
|
---|
4918 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4919 | rc = vdLoadDynamicCacheBackends();
|
---|
4920 | }
|
---|
4921 | }
|
---|
4922 | LogRel(("VDInit finished\n"));
|
---|
4923 | return rc;
|
---|
4924 | }
|
---|
4925 |
|
---|
4926 | /**
|
---|
4927 | * Destroys loaded HDD backends.
|
---|
4928 | *
|
---|
4929 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4930 | */
|
---|
4931 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDShutdown(void)
|
---|
4932 | {
|
---|
4933 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pBackends = g_apBackends;
|
---|
4934 | PVDCACHEBACKEND *pCacheBackends = g_apCacheBackends;
|
---|
4935 | unsigned cBackends = g_cBackends;
|
---|
4936 |
|
---|
4937 | if (!pBackends)
|
---|
4938 | return VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR;
|
---|
4939 |
|
---|
4940 | g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
4941 | g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
4942 |
|
---|
4943 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
4944 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cBackends; i++)
|
---|
4945 | if (pBackends[i]->hPlugin != NIL_RTLDRMOD)
|
---|
4946 | RTLdrClose(pBackends[i]->hPlugin);
|
---|
4947 | #endif
|
---|
4948 |
|
---|
4949 | /* Clear the supported cache backends. */
|
---|
4950 | cBackends = g_cCacheBackends;
|
---|
4951 | g_cCacheBackends = 0;
|
---|
4952 | g_apCacheBackends = NULL;
|
---|
4953 |
|
---|
4954 | #ifndef VBOX_HDD_NO_DYNAMIC_BACKENDS
|
---|
4955 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cBackends; i++)
|
---|
4956 | if (pCacheBackends[i]->hPlugin != NIL_RTLDRMOD)
|
---|
4957 | RTLdrClose(pCacheBackends[i]->hPlugin);
|
---|
4958 | #endif
|
---|
4959 |
|
---|
4960 | if (pCacheBackends)
|
---|
4961 | RTMemFree(pCacheBackends);
|
---|
4962 | RTMemFree(pBackends);
|
---|
4963 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4964 | }
|
---|
4965 |
|
---|
4966 |
|
---|
4967 | /**
|
---|
4968 | * Lists all HDD backends and their capabilities in a caller-provided buffer.
|
---|
4969 | *
|
---|
4970 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4971 | * VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if not enough space is passed.
|
---|
4972 | * @param cEntriesAlloc Number of list entries available.
|
---|
4973 | * @param pEntries Pointer to array for the entries.
|
---|
4974 | * @param pcEntriesUsed Number of entries returned.
|
---|
4975 | */
|
---|
4976 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfo(unsigned cEntriesAlloc, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntries,
|
---|
4977 | unsigned *pcEntriesUsed)
|
---|
4978 | {
|
---|
4979 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4980 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
4981 | unsigned cEntries = 0;
|
---|
4982 |
|
---|
4983 | LogFlowFunc(("cEntriesAlloc=%u pEntries=%#p pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", cEntriesAlloc, pEntries, pcEntriesUsed));
|
---|
4984 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4985 | AssertMsgReturn(cEntriesAlloc,
|
---|
4986 | ("cEntriesAlloc=%u\n", cEntriesAlloc),
|
---|
4987 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4988 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntries),
|
---|
4989 | ("pEntries=%#p\n", pEntries),
|
---|
4990 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4991 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
4992 | ("pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
4993 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4994 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
4995 | VDInit();
|
---|
4996 |
|
---|
4997 | if (cEntriesAlloc < g_cBackends)
|
---|
4998 | {
|
---|
4999 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
5000 | return VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
5001 | }
|
---|
5002 |
|
---|
5003 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5004 | {
|
---|
5005 | pEntries[i].pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5006 | pEntries[i].uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
5007 | pEntries[i].paFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
5008 | pEntries[i].paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5009 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeLocation = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeLocation;
|
---|
5010 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeName = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeName;
|
---|
5011 | }
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *pcEntriesUsed=%u\n", rc, cEntries));
|
---|
5014 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
5015 | return rc;
|
---|
5016 | }
|
---|
5017 |
|
---|
5018 | /**
|
---|
5019 | * Lists the capabilities of a backend identified by its name.
|
---|
5020 | *
|
---|
5021 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5022 | * @param pszBackend The backend name.
|
---|
5023 | * @param pEntries Pointer to an entry.
|
---|
5024 | */
|
---|
5025 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoOne(const char *pszBackend, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntry)
|
---|
5026 | {
|
---|
5027 | LogFlowFunc(("pszBackend=%#p pEntry=%#p\n", pszBackend, pEntry));
|
---|
5028 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5029 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
5030 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
5031 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5032 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntry),
|
---|
5033 | ("pEntry=%#p\n", pEntry),
|
---|
5034 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5035 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5036 | VDInit();
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | /* Go through loaded backends. */
|
---|
5039 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5040 | {
|
---|
5041 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
5042 | {
|
---|
5043 | pEntry->pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5044 | pEntry->uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
5045 | pEntry->paFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
5046 | pEntry->paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5047 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5048 | }
|
---|
5049 | }
|
---|
5050 |
|
---|
5051 | return VERR_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
5052 | }
|
---|
5053 |
|
---|
5054 | /**
|
---|
5055 | * Allocates and initializes an empty HDD container.
|
---|
5056 | * No image files are opened.
|
---|
5057 | *
|
---|
5058 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5059 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
5060 | * @param enmType Type of the image container.
|
---|
5061 | * @param ppDisk Where to store the reference to HDD container.
|
---|
5062 | */
|
---|
5063 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreate(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, VDTYPE enmType, PVBOXHDD *ppDisk)
|
---|
5064 | {
|
---|
5065 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5066 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = NULL;
|
---|
5067 |
|
---|
5068 | LogFlowFunc(("pVDIfsDisk=%#p\n", pVDIfsDisk));
|
---|
5069 | do
|
---|
5070 | {
|
---|
5071 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5072 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(ppDisk),
|
---|
5073 | ("ppDisk=%#p\n", ppDisk),
|
---|
5074 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5075 |
|
---|
5076 | pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VBOXHDD));
|
---|
5077 | if (pDisk)
|
---|
5078 | {
|
---|
5079 | pDisk->u32Signature = VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE;
|
---|
5080 | pDisk->enmType = enmType;
|
---|
5081 | pDisk->cImages = 0;
|
---|
5082 | pDisk->pBase = NULL;
|
---|
5083 | pDisk->pLast = NULL;
|
---|
5084 | pDisk->cbSize = 0;
|
---|
5085 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5086 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5087 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5088 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5089 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5090 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5091 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk = pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
5092 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = NULL;
|
---|
5093 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = NULL;
|
---|
5094 | pDisk->fLocked = false;
|
---|
5095 | pDisk->pIoCtxLockOwner = NULL;
|
---|
5096 | pDisk->pIoCtxHead = NULL;
|
---|
5097 | RTListInit(&pDisk->ListWriteLocked);
|
---|
5098 |
|
---|
5099 | /* Create the I/O ctx cache */
|
---|
5100 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, sizeof(VDIOCTX), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
5101 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
5102 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5103 | {
|
---|
5104 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
5105 | break;
|
---|
5106 | }
|
---|
5107 |
|
---|
5108 | /* Create the I/O task cache */
|
---|
5109 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, sizeof(VDIOTASK), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
5110 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
5111 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5112 | {
|
---|
5113 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
5114 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
5115 | break;
|
---|
5116 | }
|
---|
5117 |
|
---|
5118 | /* Create critical section. */
|
---|
5119 | rc = RTCritSectInit(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
5120 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5121 | {
|
---|
5122 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
5123 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
5124 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
5125 | break;
|
---|
5126 | }
|
---|
5127 |
|
---|
5128 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = VDIfErrorGet(pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
5129 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = VDIfThreadSyncGet(pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
5130 |
|
---|
5131 | *ppDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5132 | }
|
---|
5133 | else
|
---|
5134 | {
|
---|
5135 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5136 | break;
|
---|
5137 | }
|
---|
5138 | } while (0);
|
---|
5139 |
|
---|
5140 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc (pDisk=%#p)\n", rc, pDisk));
|
---|
5141 | return rc;
|
---|
5142 | }
|
---|
5143 |
|
---|
5144 | /**
|
---|
5145 | * Destroys HDD container.
|
---|
5146 | * If container has opened image files they will be closed.
|
---|
5147 | *
|
---|
5148 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5149 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5150 | */
|
---|
5151 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
5152 | {
|
---|
5153 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5154 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
5155 | do
|
---|
5156 | {
|
---|
5157 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5158 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
5159 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5160 | rc = VDCloseAll(pDisk);
|
---|
5161 | RTCritSectDelete(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
5162 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
5163 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
5164 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
5165 | } while (0);
|
---|
5166 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5167 | return rc;
|
---|
5168 | }
|
---|
5169 |
|
---|
5170 | /**
|
---|
5171 | * Try to get the backend name which can use this image.
|
---|
5172 | *
|
---|
5173 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5174 | * VINF_SUCCESS if a plugin was found.
|
---|
5175 | * ppszFormat contains the string which can be used as backend name.
|
---|
5176 | * VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if no backend was found.
|
---|
5177 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
5178 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
5179 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file for which the backend is queried.
|
---|
5180 | * @param ppszFormat Receives pointer of the UTF-8 string which contains the format name.
|
---|
5181 | * The returned pointer must be freed using RTStrFree().
|
---|
5182 | */
|
---|
5183 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFormat(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5184 | const char *pszFilename, char **ppszFormat, VDTYPE *penmType)
|
---|
5185 | {
|
---|
5186 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5187 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
5188 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
5189 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
5190 |
|
---|
5191 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
5192 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5193 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5194 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5195 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5196 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(ppszFormat),
|
---|
5197 | ("ppszFormat=%#p\n", ppszFormat),
|
---|
5198 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5199 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(penmType),
|
---|
5200 | ("penmType=%#p\n", penmType),
|
---|
5201 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5202 |
|
---|
5203 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
5204 | VDInit();
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5207 | if (!pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
5208 | {
|
---|
5209 | /*
|
---|
5210 | * Caller doesn't provide an I/O interface, create our own using the
|
---|
5211 | * native file API.
|
---|
5212 | */
|
---|
5213 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&VDIfIoFallback);
|
---|
5214 | pInterfaceIo = &VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
5215 | }
|
---|
5216 |
|
---|
5217 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
5218 | AssertReturn(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5219 | VDIfIoInt.pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpenLimited;
|
---|
5220 | VDIfIoInt.pfnClose = vdIOIntCloseLimited;
|
---|
5221 | VDIfIoInt.pfnDelete = vdIOIntDeleteLimited;
|
---|
5222 | VDIfIoInt.pfnMove = vdIOIntMoveLimited;
|
---|
5223 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited;
|
---|
5224 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited;
|
---|
5225 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
5226 | VDIfIoInt.pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
5227 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadSync = vdIOIntReadSyncLimited;
|
---|
5228 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteSync = vdIOIntWriteSyncLimited;
|
---|
5229 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlushSync = vdIOIntFlushSyncLimited;
|
---|
5230 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
5231 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
5232 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
5233 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
5234 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlushAsync = NULL;
|
---|
5235 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
5236 | pInterfaceIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5237 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | /* Find the backend supporting this file format. */
|
---|
5240 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
5241 | {
|
---|
5242 | if (g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid)
|
---|
5243 | {
|
---|
5244 | rc = g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5245 | pVDIfsImage, penmType);
|
---|
5246 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
5247 | /* The correct backend has been found, but there is a small
|
---|
5248 | * incompatibility so that the file cannot be used. Stop here
|
---|
5249 | * and signal success - the actual open will of course fail,
|
---|
5250 | * but that will create a really sensible error message. */
|
---|
5251 | || ( rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5252 | && rc != VERR_VD_VDI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5253 | && rc != VERR_VD_VMDK_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5254 | && rc != VERR_VD_ISCSI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5255 | && rc != VERR_VD_VHD_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5256 | && rc != VERR_VD_RAW_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5257 | && rc != VERR_VD_PARALLELS_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
5258 | && rc != VERR_VD_DMG_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
5259 | {
|
---|
5260 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
5261 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5262 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
5263 | {
|
---|
5264 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5265 | break;
|
---|
5266 | }
|
---|
5267 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
5268 | /* Do not consider the typical file access errors as success,
|
---|
5269 | * which allows the caller to deal with such issues. */
|
---|
5270 | if ( rc != VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
5271 | && rc != VERR_PATH_NOT_FOUND
|
---|
5272 | && rc != VERR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
|
---|
5273 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5274 | break;
|
---|
5275 | }
|
---|
5276 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5277 | }
|
---|
5278 | }
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | /* Try the cache backends. */
|
---|
5281 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
5282 | {
|
---|
5283 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cCacheBackends; i++)
|
---|
5284 | {
|
---|
5285 | if (g_apCacheBackends[i]->pfnProbe)
|
---|
5286 | {
|
---|
5287 | rc = g_apCacheBackends[i]->pfnProbe(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5288 | pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5289 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
5290 | || (rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
5291 | {
|
---|
5292 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
5293 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5294 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
5295 | {
|
---|
5296 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5297 | break;
|
---|
5298 | }
|
---|
5299 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
5300 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5301 | break;
|
---|
5302 | }
|
---|
5303 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
5304 | }
|
---|
5305 | }
|
---|
5306 | }
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *ppszFormat=\"%s\"\n", rc, *ppszFormat));
|
---|
5309 | return rc;
|
---|
5310 | }
|
---|
5311 |
|
---|
5312 | /**
|
---|
5313 | * Opens an image file.
|
---|
5314 | *
|
---|
5315 | * The first opened image file in HDD container must have a base image type,
|
---|
5316 | * others (next opened images) must be a differencing or undo images.
|
---|
5317 | * Linkage is checked for differencing image to be in consistence with the previously opened image.
|
---|
5318 | * When another differencing image is opened and the last image was opened in read/write access
|
---|
5319 | * mode, then the last image is reopened in read-only with deny write sharing mode. This allows
|
---|
5320 | * other processes to use images in read-only mode too.
|
---|
5321 | *
|
---|
5322 | * Note that the image is opened in read-only mode if a read/write open is not possible.
|
---|
5323 | * Use VDIsReadOnly to check open mode.
|
---|
5324 | *
|
---|
5325 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5326 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5327 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
5328 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to open.
|
---|
5329 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
5330 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
5331 | */
|
---|
5332 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
5333 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
5334 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage)
|
---|
5335 | {
|
---|
5336 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5337 | int rc2;
|
---|
5338 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5339 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
5340 |
|
---|
5341 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsImage=%#p\n",
|
---|
5342 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage));
|
---|
5343 |
|
---|
5344 | do
|
---|
5345 | {
|
---|
5346 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5347 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5348 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5349 |
|
---|
5350 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5351 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
5352 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
5353 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5354 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5355 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5356 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5357 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
5358 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5359 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5360 |
|
---|
5361 | /*
|
---|
5362 | * Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks
|
---|
5363 | * for the currently opened image which will be switched to readonly mode.
|
---|
5364 | */
|
---|
5365 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
5366 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5367 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5368 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5369 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
5370 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5371 | break;
|
---|
5372 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5373 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5374 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5375 |
|
---|
5376 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
5377 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
5378 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
5379 | {
|
---|
5380 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5381 | break;
|
---|
5382 | }
|
---|
5383 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
5384 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
5385 | {
|
---|
5386 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5387 | break;
|
---|
5388 | }
|
---|
5389 |
|
---|
5390 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5391 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
5392 |
|
---|
5393 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
5394 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5395 | break;
|
---|
5396 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
5397 | {
|
---|
5398 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5399 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5400 | break;
|
---|
5401 | }
|
---|
5402 |
|
---|
5403 | /*
|
---|
5404 | * Fail if the backend can't do async I/O but the
|
---|
5405 | * flag is set.
|
---|
5406 | */
|
---|
5407 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_ASYNC)
|
---|
5408 | && (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_ASYNC_IO))
|
---|
5409 | {
|
---|
5410 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5411 | N_("VD: Backend '%s' does not support async I/O"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5412 | break;
|
---|
5413 | }
|
---|
5414 |
|
---|
5415 | /*
|
---|
5416 | * Fail if the backend doesn't support the discard operation but the
|
---|
5417 | * flag is set.
|
---|
5418 | */
|
---|
5419 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_DISCARD)
|
---|
5420 | && (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD))
|
---|
5421 | {
|
---|
5422 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_VD_DISCARD_NOT_SUPPORTED, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5423 | N_("VD: Backend '%s' does not support discard"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5424 | break;
|
---|
5425 | }
|
---|
5426 |
|
---|
5427 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
5428 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5429 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
5430 | {
|
---|
5431 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
5432 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
5433 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5434 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
5435 | }
|
---|
5436 |
|
---|
5437 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
5438 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5439 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
5440 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
5441 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5442 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
5443 |
|
---|
5444 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & (VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS);
|
---|
5445 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
5446 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
5447 | uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS),
|
---|
5448 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5449 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5450 | pDisk->enmType,
|
---|
5451 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5452 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
5453 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5454 | {
|
---|
5455 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
5456 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
5457 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
5458 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
5459 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
5460 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
5461 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
5462 | (uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS))
|
---|
5463 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
5464 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5465 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5466 | pDisk->enmType,
|
---|
5467 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5468 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5469 | {
|
---|
5470 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5471 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
5472 | break;
|
---|
5473 | }
|
---|
5474 | }
|
---|
5475 |
|
---|
5476 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
5477 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5478 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5479 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5480 |
|
---|
5481 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
5482 |
|
---|
5483 | /* Check image type. As the image itself has only partial knowledge
|
---|
5484 | * whether it's a base image or not, this info is derived here. The
|
---|
5485 | * base image can be fixed or normal, all others must be normal or
|
---|
5486 | * diff images. Some image formats don't distinguish between normal
|
---|
5487 | * and diff images, so this must be corrected here. */
|
---|
5488 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
5489 | uImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5490 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5491 | uImageFlags = VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_NONE;
|
---|
5492 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
5493 | && !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFO))
|
---|
5494 | {
|
---|
5495 | if ( pDisk->cImages == 0
|
---|
5496 | && (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF))
|
---|
5497 | {
|
---|
5498 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
5499 | break;
|
---|
5500 | }
|
---|
5501 | else if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
5502 | {
|
---|
5503 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
5504 | {
|
---|
5505 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
5506 | break;
|
---|
5507 | }
|
---|
5508 | else
|
---|
5509 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
5510 | }
|
---|
5511 | }
|
---|
5512 |
|
---|
5513 | /* Ensure we always get correct diff information, even if the backend
|
---|
5514 | * doesn't actually have a stored flag for this. It must not return
|
---|
5515 | * bogus information for the parent UUID if it is not a diff image. */
|
---|
5516 | RTUUID parentUuid;
|
---|
5517 | RTUuidClear(&parentUuid);
|
---|
5518 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &parentUuid);
|
---|
5519 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2) && !RTUuidIsNull(&parentUuid))
|
---|
5520 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
5521 |
|
---|
5522 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
5523 |
|
---|
5524 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
5525 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
5526 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
5527 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
5528 |
|
---|
5529 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
5530 |
|
---|
5531 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
5532 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5533 |
|
---|
5534 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
5535 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
5536 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
5537 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
5538 | {
|
---|
5539 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5540 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5541 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5542 | }
|
---|
5543 | else
|
---|
5544 | {
|
---|
5545 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
5546 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
5547 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
5548 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
5549 | }
|
---|
5550 |
|
---|
5551 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
5552 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
5553 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
5554 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
5555 | {
|
---|
5556 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5557 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5558 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5559 | }
|
---|
5560 | else
|
---|
5561 | {
|
---|
5562 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
5563 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
5564 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
5565 | }
|
---|
5566 |
|
---|
5567 | if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
5568 | {
|
---|
5569 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
5570 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
5571 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
5572 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
5573 | {
|
---|
5574 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
5575 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
5576 | }
|
---|
5577 | }
|
---|
5578 |
|
---|
5579 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5580 | {
|
---|
5581 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
5582 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
5583 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
5584 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
5585 | }
|
---|
5586 | else
|
---|
5587 | {
|
---|
5588 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
5589 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
5590 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5591 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
5592 | }
|
---|
5593 | } while (0);
|
---|
5594 |
|
---|
5595 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5596 | {
|
---|
5597 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5598 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5599 | }
|
---|
5600 |
|
---|
5601 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5602 | {
|
---|
5603 | if (pImage)
|
---|
5604 | {
|
---|
5605 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
5606 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
5607 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
5608 | }
|
---|
5609 | }
|
---|
5610 |
|
---|
5611 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5612 | return rc;
|
---|
5613 | }
|
---|
5614 |
|
---|
5615 | /**
|
---|
5616 | * Opens a cache image.
|
---|
5617 | *
|
---|
5618 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
5619 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container which should use the cache image.
|
---|
5620 | * @param pszBackend Name of the cache file backend to use (case insensitive).
|
---|
5621 | * @param pszFilename Name of the cache image to open.
|
---|
5622 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
5623 | * @param pVDIfsCache Pointer to the per-cache VD interface list.
|
---|
5624 | */
|
---|
5625 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCacheOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
5626 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
5627 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache)
|
---|
5628 | {
|
---|
5629 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5630 | int rc2;
|
---|
5631 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5632 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsCache=%#p\n",
|
---|
5635 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsCache));
|
---|
5636 |
|
---|
5637 | do
|
---|
5638 | {
|
---|
5639 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5640 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5641 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5642 |
|
---|
5643 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5644 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
5645 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
5646 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5647 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5648 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5649 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5650 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
5651 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5652 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
5655 | pCache = (PVDCACHE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDCACHE));
|
---|
5656 | if (!pCache)
|
---|
5657 | {
|
---|
5658 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5659 | break;
|
---|
5660 | }
|
---|
5661 | pCache->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
5662 | if (!pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
5663 | {
|
---|
5664 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5665 | break;
|
---|
5666 | }
|
---|
5667 |
|
---|
5668 | pCache->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5669 | pCache->pVDIfsCache = pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | rc = vdFindCacheBackend(pszBackend, &pCache->Backend);
|
---|
5672 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5673 | break;
|
---|
5674 | if (!pCache->Backend)
|
---|
5675 | {
|
---|
5676 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5677 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5678 | break;
|
---|
5679 | }
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
5682 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
5683 | if (!pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
5684 | {
|
---|
5685 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
5686 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
5687 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
5688 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
5689 | }
|
---|
5690 |
|
---|
5691 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
5692 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsCache), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5693 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
5694 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
5695 | &pCache->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pCache->pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
5696 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
5697 |
|
---|
5698 | pCache->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
5699 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnOpen(pCache->pszFilename,
|
---|
5700 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
5701 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5702 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
5703 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
5704 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
5705 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5706 | {
|
---|
5707 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
5708 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
5709 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
5710 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
5711 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
5712 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
5713 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnOpen(pCache->pszFilename,
|
---|
5714 | (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
5715 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
5716 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5717 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
5718 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
5719 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5720 | {
|
---|
5721 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5722 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
5723 | break;
|
---|
5724 | }
|
---|
5725 | }
|
---|
5726 |
|
---|
5727 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
5728 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5729 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5730 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5731 |
|
---|
5732 | /*
|
---|
5733 | * Check that the modification UUID of the cache and last image
|
---|
5734 | * match. If not the image was modified in-between without the cache.
|
---|
5735 | * The cache might contain stale data.
|
---|
5736 | */
|
---|
5737 | RTUUID UuidImage, UuidCache;
|
---|
5738 |
|
---|
5739 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
5740 | &UuidCache);
|
---|
5741 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5742 | {
|
---|
5743 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
5744 | &UuidImage);
|
---|
5745 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5746 | {
|
---|
5747 | if (RTUuidCompare(&UuidImage, &UuidCache))
|
---|
5748 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_NOT_UP_TO_DATE;
|
---|
5749 | }
|
---|
5750 | }
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | /*
|
---|
5753 | * We assume that the user knows what he is doing if one of the images
|
---|
5754 | * doesn't support the modification uuid.
|
---|
5755 | */
|
---|
5756 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
5757 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5758 |
|
---|
5759 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5760 | {
|
---|
5761 | /* Cache successfully opened, make it the current one. */
|
---|
5762 | if (!pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
5763 | pDisk->pCache = pCache;
|
---|
5764 | else
|
---|
5765 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS;
|
---|
5766 | }
|
---|
5767 |
|
---|
5768 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5769 | {
|
---|
5770 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
5771 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
5772 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5773 | pCache->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
5774 | }
|
---|
5775 | } while (0);
|
---|
5776 |
|
---|
5777 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5778 | {
|
---|
5779 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5780 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5781 | }
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5784 | {
|
---|
5785 | if (pCache)
|
---|
5786 | {
|
---|
5787 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
5788 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
5789 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
5790 | }
|
---|
5791 | }
|
---|
5792 |
|
---|
5793 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5794 | return rc;
|
---|
5795 | }
|
---|
5796 |
|
---|
5797 | /**
|
---|
5798 | * Creates and opens a new base image file.
|
---|
5799 | *
|
---|
5800 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5801 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5802 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
5803 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to create.
|
---|
5804 | * @param cbSize Image size in bytes.
|
---|
5805 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
5806 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
5807 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
5808 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
5809 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5810 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
5811 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
5812 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
5813 | */
|
---|
5814 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateBase(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
5815 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
5816 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
5817 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
5818 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
5819 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
5820 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5821 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
5822 | {
|
---|
5823 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5824 | int rc2;
|
---|
5825 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5826 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
5827 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
5828 |
|
---|
5829 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" PCHS=%u/%u/%u LCHS=%u/%u/%u Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
5830 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment,
|
---|
5831 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
5832 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
5833 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors, pUuid,
|
---|
5834 | uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
5835 |
|
---|
5836 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
5837 |
|
---|
5838 | do
|
---|
5839 | {
|
---|
5840 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5841 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5842 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5843 |
|
---|
5844 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5845 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
5846 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
5847 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5848 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5849 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5850 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5851 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
5852 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
5853 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5854 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( ((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0)
|
---|
5855 | || ((uImageFlags & (VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)) != VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED),
|
---|
5856 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
5857 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5858 | /* The PCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it for later. */
|
---|
5859 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
5860 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
5861 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
5862 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
5863 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
5864 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
5865 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5866 | /* The LCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it to later autodetection. */
|
---|
5867 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
5868 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
5869 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
5870 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
5871 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
5872 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
5873 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5874 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
5875 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5876 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
5877 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5878 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
5879 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5880 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
5883 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
5884 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5885 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5886 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5887 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
5888 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
5889 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
5890 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5891 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5892 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5893 |
|
---|
5894 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
5895 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
5896 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
5897 | {
|
---|
5898 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5899 | break;
|
---|
5900 | }
|
---|
5901 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
5902 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
5903 | {
|
---|
5904 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5905 | break;
|
---|
5906 | }
|
---|
5907 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
5908 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
5909 |
|
---|
5910 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
5911 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5912 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
5913 | {
|
---|
5914 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
5915 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
5916 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5917 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
5918 | }
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
5921 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5922 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
5923 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
5924 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
5925 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
5926 |
|
---|
5927 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
5928 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5929 | break;
|
---|
5930 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
5931 | {
|
---|
5932 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5933 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5934 | break;
|
---|
5935 | }
|
---|
5936 | if (!(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & ( VD_CAP_CREATE_FIXED
|
---|
5937 | | VD_CAP_CREATE_DYNAMIC)))
|
---|
5938 | {
|
---|
5939 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5940 | N_("VD: backend '%s' cannot create base images"), pszBackend);
|
---|
5941 | break;
|
---|
5942 | }
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
5945 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5946 | {
|
---|
5947 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
5948 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
5949 | {
|
---|
5950 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
5951 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
5952 | pszFilename);
|
---|
5953 | break;
|
---|
5954 | }
|
---|
5955 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
5956 | }
|
---|
5957 |
|
---|
5958 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
5959 | uImageFlags &= ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
5960 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
5961 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
5962 | uImageFlags, pszComment, pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
5963 | pLCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
5964 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
5965 | 0, 99,
|
---|
5966 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
5967 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
5968 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
5969 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5970 |
|
---|
5971 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5972 | {
|
---|
5973 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
5974 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
5975 |
|
---|
5976 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
5977 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
5978 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
5979 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
5980 |
|
---|
5981 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
5982 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5983 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5984 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5985 |
|
---|
5986 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
5987 |
|
---|
5988 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
5989 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
5990 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
5991 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
5992 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
5993 | }
|
---|
5994 |
|
---|
5995 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
5996 | {
|
---|
5997 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
5998 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
5999 |
|
---|
6000 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6001 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6002 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6003 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6004 | {
|
---|
6005 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6006 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6007 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6008 | }
|
---|
6009 | else
|
---|
6010 | {
|
---|
6011 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6012 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
6013 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
6014 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6015 | }
|
---|
6016 |
|
---|
6017 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
6018 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6019 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
6020 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
6021 | {
|
---|
6022 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
6023 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
6024 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
6025 | }
|
---|
6026 | else
|
---|
6027 | {
|
---|
6028 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
6029 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
6030 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
6031 | }
|
---|
6032 |
|
---|
6033 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
6034 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
6035 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6036 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
6037 | }
|
---|
6038 | else
|
---|
6039 | {
|
---|
6040 | /* Error detected, image may or may not be opened. Close and delete
|
---|
6041 | * image if it was opened. */
|
---|
6042 | if (pImage->pBackendData)
|
---|
6043 | {
|
---|
6044 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
6045 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6046 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6047 | }
|
---|
6048 | }
|
---|
6049 | } while (0);
|
---|
6050 |
|
---|
6051 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6052 | {
|
---|
6053 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6054 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6055 | }
|
---|
6056 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
6057 | {
|
---|
6058 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6059 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6060 | }
|
---|
6061 |
|
---|
6062 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6063 | {
|
---|
6064 | if (pImage)
|
---|
6065 | {
|
---|
6066 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6067 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
6068 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
6069 | }
|
---|
6070 | }
|
---|
6071 |
|
---|
6072 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6073 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
6074 |
|
---|
6075 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6076 | return rc;
|
---|
6077 | }
|
---|
6078 |
|
---|
6079 | /**
|
---|
6080 | * Creates and opens a new differencing image file in HDD container.
|
---|
6081 | * See comments for VDOpen function about differencing images.
|
---|
6082 | *
|
---|
6083 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
6084 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
6085 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
6086 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing image file to create.
|
---|
6087 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
6088 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
6089 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
6090 | * @param pParentUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, the UUID is queried automatically.
|
---|
6091 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6092 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
6093 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6094 | */
|
---|
6095 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateDiff(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
6096 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uImageFlags,
|
---|
6097 | const char *pszComment, PCRTUUID pUuid,
|
---|
6098 | PCRTUUID pParentUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
6099 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6100 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
6101 | {
|
---|
6102 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6103 | int rc2;
|
---|
6104 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6105 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
6106 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
6107 |
|
---|
6108 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
6109 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
6110 |
|
---|
6111 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
6112 |
|
---|
6113 | do
|
---|
6114 | {
|
---|
6115 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6116 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6117 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6118 |
|
---|
6119 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6120 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
6121 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
6122 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6123 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
6124 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
6125 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6126 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6127 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
6128 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6129 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6130 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
6131 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
6132 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6133 | /* The parent UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6134 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pParentUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pParentUuid),
|
---|
6135 | ("pParentUuid=%#p ParentUUID=%RTuuid\n", pParentUuid, pParentUuid),
|
---|
6136 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6137 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6138 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
6139 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6140 |
|
---|
6141 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
6142 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
6143 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6144 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6145 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
6146 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
6147 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
6148 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6149 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6150 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6151 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6152 |
|
---|
6153 | /*
|
---|
6154 | * Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks
|
---|
6155 | * for the currently opened image which will be switched to readonly mode.
|
---|
6156 | */
|
---|
6157 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6158 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6159 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6160 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6161 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
6162 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6163 | break;
|
---|
6164 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6165 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6166 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6167 |
|
---|
6168 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6169 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
6170 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
6171 | {
|
---|
6172 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6173 | break;
|
---|
6174 | }
|
---|
6175 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
6176 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6177 | {
|
---|
6178 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6179 | break;
|
---|
6180 | }
|
---|
6181 |
|
---|
6182 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
6183 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6184 | break;
|
---|
6185 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
6186 | {
|
---|
6187 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6188 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6189 | break;
|
---|
6190 | }
|
---|
6191 | if ( !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_DIFF)
|
---|
6192 | || !(pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & ( VD_CAP_CREATE_FIXED
|
---|
6193 | | VD_CAP_CREATE_DYNAMIC)))
|
---|
6194 | {
|
---|
6195 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6196 | N_("VD: backend '%s' cannot create diff images"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6197 | break;
|
---|
6198 | }
|
---|
6199 |
|
---|
6200 | pImage->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6201 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
6202 |
|
---|
6203 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6204 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6205 | if (!pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6206 | {
|
---|
6207 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6208 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6209 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6210 | pImage->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pImage->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6211 | }
|
---|
6212 |
|
---|
6213 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6214 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6215 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6216 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6217 | &pImage->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
6218 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6219 |
|
---|
6220 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
6221 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
6222 | {
|
---|
6223 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
6224 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6225 | {
|
---|
6226 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6227 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
6228 | pszFilename);
|
---|
6229 | break;
|
---|
6230 | }
|
---|
6231 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
6232 | }
|
---|
6233 |
|
---|
6234 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6235 | pImage->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
6236 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
6237 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
6238 | uImageFlags | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF,
|
---|
6239 | pszComment, &pDisk->PCHSGeometry,
|
---|
6240 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
6241 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
6242 | 0, 99,
|
---|
6243 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6244 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
6245 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
6246 | &pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
6247 |
|
---|
6248 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6249 | {
|
---|
6250 | pImage->VDIo.pBackendData = pImage->pBackendData;
|
---|
6251 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
6252 |
|
---|
6253 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6254 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6255 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6256 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6257 |
|
---|
6258 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
6259 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
6260 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
6261 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6262 | {
|
---|
6263 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6264 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
6265 | }
|
---|
6266 |
|
---|
6267 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
6268 |
|
---|
6269 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
6270 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
6271 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
6272 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
6273 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
6274 | }
|
---|
6275 |
|
---|
6276 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6277 | {
|
---|
6278 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
6279 | RTTIMESPEC ts;
|
---|
6280 |
|
---|
6281 | if (pParentUuid && !RTUuidIsNull(pParentUuid))
|
---|
6282 | {
|
---|
6283 | Uuid = *pParentUuid;
|
---|
6284 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
6285 | }
|
---|
6286 | else
|
---|
6287 | {
|
---|
6288 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6289 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6290 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
6291 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
6292 | }
|
---|
6293 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6294 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6295 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
6296 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6297 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6298 | if (pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp)
|
---|
6299 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6300 | &ts);
|
---|
6301 | else
|
---|
6302 | rc2 = VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
6303 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2) && pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp)
|
---|
6304 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp(pImage->pBackendData, &ts);
|
---|
6305 |
|
---|
6306 | if (pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename)
|
---|
6307 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename(pImage->pBackendData, pDisk->pLast->pszFilename);
|
---|
6308 | }
|
---|
6309 |
|
---|
6310 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6311 | {
|
---|
6312 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
6313 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
6314 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
6315 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
6316 | }
|
---|
6317 | else
|
---|
6318 | {
|
---|
6319 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
6320 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
6321 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6322 | pImage->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6323 | }
|
---|
6324 | } while (0);
|
---|
6325 |
|
---|
6326 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6327 | {
|
---|
6328 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6329 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6330 | }
|
---|
6331 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
6332 | {
|
---|
6333 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6334 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6335 | }
|
---|
6336 |
|
---|
6337 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6338 | {
|
---|
6339 | if (pImage)
|
---|
6340 | {
|
---|
6341 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
6342 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
6343 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
6344 | }
|
---|
6345 | }
|
---|
6346 |
|
---|
6347 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6348 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
6349 |
|
---|
6350 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6351 | return rc;
|
---|
6352 | }
|
---|
6353 |
|
---|
6354 |
|
---|
6355 | /**
|
---|
6356 | * Creates and opens new cache image file in HDD container.
|
---|
6357 | *
|
---|
6358 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
6359 | * @param pDisk Name of the cache file backend to use (case insensitive).
|
---|
6360 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing cache file to create.
|
---|
6361 | * @param cbSize Maximum size of the cache.
|
---|
6362 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special cache features.
|
---|
6363 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
6364 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
6365 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6366 | * @param pVDIfsCache Pointer to the per-cache VD interface list.
|
---|
6367 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6368 | */
|
---|
6369 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateCache(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
6370 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
6371 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
6372 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
6373 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsCache, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
6374 | {
|
---|
6375 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6376 | int rc2;
|
---|
6377 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6378 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
6379 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
6380 |
|
---|
6381 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
6382 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsCache, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
6385 |
|
---|
6386 | do
|
---|
6387 | {
|
---|
6388 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6389 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6390 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6391 |
|
---|
6392 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
6393 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
6394 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
6395 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6396 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
6397 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
6398 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6399 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
6400 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
6401 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6402 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6403 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
6404 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6405 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
6406 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
6407 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
6408 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6409 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
6410 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
6411 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6412 |
|
---|
6413 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
6414 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
6415 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6416 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6417 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
6418 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(!pDisk->pCache,
|
---|
6419 | ("Create cache image cannot be done with a cache already attached\n"),
|
---|
6420 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS);
|
---|
6421 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6422 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6423 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6424 |
|
---|
6425 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
6426 | pCache = (PVDCACHE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDCACHE));
|
---|
6427 | if (!pCache)
|
---|
6428 | {
|
---|
6429 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6430 | break;
|
---|
6431 | }
|
---|
6432 | pCache->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
6433 | if (!pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
6434 | {
|
---|
6435 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6436 | break;
|
---|
6437 | }
|
---|
6438 |
|
---|
6439 | rc = vdFindCacheBackend(pszBackend, &pCache->Backend);
|
---|
6440 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6441 | break;
|
---|
6442 | if (!pCache->Backend)
|
---|
6443 | {
|
---|
6444 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6445 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
6446 | break;
|
---|
6447 | }
|
---|
6448 |
|
---|
6449 | pCache->VDIo.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
6450 | pCache->pVDIfsCache = pVDIfsCache;
|
---|
6451 |
|
---|
6452 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
6453 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6454 | if (!pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
6455 | {
|
---|
6456 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo);
|
---|
6457 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo.Core, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
6458 | pDisk, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO), &pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6459 | pCache->VDIo.pInterfaceIo = &pCache->VDIo.VDIfIo;
|
---|
6460 | }
|
---|
6461 |
|
---|
6462 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
6463 | AssertBreakStmt(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsCache), rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6464 | vdIfIoIntCallbacksSetup(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt);
|
---|
6465 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pCache->VDIo.VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
6466 | &pCache->VDIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pCache->pVDIfsCache);
|
---|
6467 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6468 |
|
---|
6469 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
6470 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
6471 | {
|
---|
6472 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
6473 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6474 | {
|
---|
6475 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
6476 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
6477 | pszFilename);
|
---|
6478 | break;
|
---|
6479 | }
|
---|
6480 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
6481 | }
|
---|
6482 |
|
---|
6483 | pCache->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
6484 | pCache->VDIo.fIgnoreFlush = (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH) != 0;
|
---|
6485 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnCreate(pCache->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
6486 | uImageFlags,
|
---|
6487 | pszComment, pUuid,
|
---|
6488 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
6489 | 0, 99,
|
---|
6490 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
6491 | pCache->pVDIfsCache,
|
---|
6492 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
6493 | &pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
6494 |
|
---|
6495 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6496 | {
|
---|
6497 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
6498 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6499 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6500 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6501 |
|
---|
6502 | pCache->VDIo.pBackendData = pCache->pBackendData;
|
---|
6503 |
|
---|
6504 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
6505 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
6506 | AssertMsgStmt(!pDisk->pCache,
|
---|
6507 | ("Create cache image cannot be done with another cache open\n"),
|
---|
6508 | rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_ALREADY_EXISTS);
|
---|
6509 | }
|
---|
6510 |
|
---|
6511 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
6512 | && pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
6513 | {
|
---|
6514 | RTUUID UuidModification;
|
---|
6515 |
|
---|
6516 | /* Set same modification Uuid as the last image. */
|
---|
6517 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData,
|
---|
6518 | &UuidModification);
|
---|
6519 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6520 | {
|
---|
6521 | rc = pCache->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pCache->pBackendData,
|
---|
6522 | &UuidModification);
|
---|
6523 | }
|
---|
6524 |
|
---|
6525 | if (rc == VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED)
|
---|
6526 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6527 | }
|
---|
6528 |
|
---|
6529 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6530 | {
|
---|
6531 | /* Cache successfully created. */
|
---|
6532 | pDisk->pCache = pCache;
|
---|
6533 | }
|
---|
6534 | else
|
---|
6535 | {
|
---|
6536 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
6537 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
6538 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6539 | pCache->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
6540 | }
|
---|
6541 | } while (0);
|
---|
6542 |
|
---|
6543 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6544 | {
|
---|
6545 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6546 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6547 | }
|
---|
6548 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
6549 | {
|
---|
6550 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6551 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6552 | }
|
---|
6553 |
|
---|
6554 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6555 | {
|
---|
6556 | if (pCache)
|
---|
6557 | {
|
---|
6558 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
6559 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
6560 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
6561 | }
|
---|
6562 | }
|
---|
6563 |
|
---|
6564 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6565 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
6566 |
|
---|
6567 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6568 | return rc;
|
---|
6569 | }
|
---|
6570 |
|
---|
6571 | /**
|
---|
6572 | * Merges two images (not necessarily with direct parent/child relationship).
|
---|
6573 | * As a side effect the source image and potentially the other images which
|
---|
6574 | * are also merged to the destination are deleted from both the disk and the
|
---|
6575 | * images in the HDD container.
|
---|
6576 | *
|
---|
6577 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
6578 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
6579 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
6580 | * @param nImageFrom Name of the image file to merge from.
|
---|
6581 | * @param nImageTo Name of the image file to merge to.
|
---|
6582 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6583 | */
|
---|
6584 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDMerge(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImageFrom,
|
---|
6585 | unsigned nImageTo, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
6586 | {
|
---|
6587 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6588 | int rc2;
|
---|
6589 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
6590 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
6591 |
|
---|
6592 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImageFrom=%u nImageTo=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
6593 | pDisk, nImageFrom, nImageTo, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
6594 |
|
---|
6595 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
6596 |
|
---|
6597 | do
|
---|
6598 | {
|
---|
6599 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6600 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6601 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6602 |
|
---|
6603 | /* For simplicity reasons lock for writing as the image reopen below
|
---|
6604 | * might need it. After all the reopen is usually needed. */
|
---|
6605 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6606 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6607 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6608 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageFrom);
|
---|
6609 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageTo);
|
---|
6610 | if (!pImageFrom || !pImageTo)
|
---|
6611 | {
|
---|
6612 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
6613 | break;
|
---|
6614 | }
|
---|
6615 | AssertBreakStmt(pImageFrom != pImageTo, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6616 |
|
---|
6617 | /* Make sure destination image is writable. */
|
---|
6618 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
6619 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
6620 | {
|
---|
6621 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6622 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
6623 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
6624 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6625 | break;
|
---|
6626 | }
|
---|
6627 |
|
---|
6628 | /* Get size of destination image. */
|
---|
6629 | uint64_t cbSize = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
6630 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6631 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6632 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6633 |
|
---|
6634 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
6635 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
6636 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
6637 | {
|
---|
6638 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6639 | break;
|
---|
6640 | }
|
---|
6641 |
|
---|
6642 | /* Merging is done directly on the images itself. This potentially
|
---|
6643 | * causes trouble if the disk is full in the middle of operation. */
|
---|
6644 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
6645 | {
|
---|
6646 | /* Merge parent state into child. This means writing all not
|
---|
6647 | * allocated blocks in the destination image which are allocated in
|
---|
6648 | * the images to be merged. */
|
---|
6649 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
6650 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
6651 | do
|
---|
6652 | {
|
---|
6653 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
6654 |
|
---|
6655 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
6656 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6657 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6658 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6659 |
|
---|
6660 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnRead(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
6661 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
6662 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
6663 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
6664 | {
|
---|
6665 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
6666 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid.
|
---|
6667 | * Otherwise this would return stale data when different
|
---|
6668 | * block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
6669 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageTo->pPrev;
|
---|
6670 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageFrom->pPrev && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
6671 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
6672 | {
|
---|
6673 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6674 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
6675 | cbThisRead,
|
---|
6676 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
6677 | }
|
---|
6678 |
|
---|
6679 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
6680 | {
|
---|
6681 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6682 | break;
|
---|
6683 | /* Updating the cache is required because this might be a live merge. */
|
---|
6684 | rc = vdWriteHelperEx(pDisk, pImageTo, pImageFrom->pPrev,
|
---|
6685 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
6686 | true /* fUpdateCache */, 0);
|
---|
6687 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6688 | break;
|
---|
6689 | }
|
---|
6690 | else
|
---|
6691 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6692 | }
|
---|
6693 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6694 | break;
|
---|
6695 |
|
---|
6696 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6697 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6698 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6699 |
|
---|
6700 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
6701 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
6702 |
|
---|
6703 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6704 | {
|
---|
6705 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
6706 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
6707 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
6708 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
6709 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
6710 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6711 | break;
|
---|
6712 | }
|
---|
6713 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
6714 | }
|
---|
6715 | else
|
---|
6716 | {
|
---|
6717 | /*
|
---|
6718 | * We may need to update the parent uuid of the child coming after
|
---|
6719 | * the last image to be merged. We have to reopen it read/write.
|
---|
6720 | *
|
---|
6721 | * This is done before we do the actual merge to prevent an
|
---|
6722 | * inconsistent chain if the mode change fails for some reason.
|
---|
6723 | */
|
---|
6724 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
6725 | {
|
---|
6726 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
6727 |
|
---|
6728 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
6729 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6730 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6731 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6732 |
|
---|
6733 | /* We need to open the image in read/write mode. */
|
---|
6734 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData);
|
---|
6735 |
|
---|
6736 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
6737 | {
|
---|
6738 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6739 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData,
|
---|
6740 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
6741 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6742 | break;
|
---|
6743 | }
|
---|
6744 |
|
---|
6745 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6746 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6747 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6748 | }
|
---|
6749 |
|
---|
6750 | /* If the merge is from the last image we have to relay all writes
|
---|
6751 | * to the merge destination as well, so that concurrent writes
|
---|
6752 | * (in case of a live merge) are handled correctly. */
|
---|
6753 | if (!pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
6754 | {
|
---|
6755 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
6756 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6757 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6758 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6759 |
|
---|
6760 | pDisk->pImageRelay = pImageTo;
|
---|
6761 |
|
---|
6762 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6763 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6764 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6765 | }
|
---|
6766 |
|
---|
6767 | /* Merge child state into parent. This means writing all blocks
|
---|
6768 | * which are allocated in the image up to the source image to the
|
---|
6769 | * destination image. */
|
---|
6770 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
6771 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
6772 | do
|
---|
6773 | {
|
---|
6774 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
6775 | rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
6778 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6779 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6780 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6781 |
|
---|
6782 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
6783 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise
|
---|
6784 | * this would return stale data when different block sizes are
|
---|
6785 | * used for the images. */
|
---|
6786 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom;
|
---|
6787 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageTo && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
6788 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
6789 | {
|
---|
6790 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
6791 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
6792 | cbThisRead, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
6793 | }
|
---|
6794 |
|
---|
6795 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
6796 | {
|
---|
6797 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6798 | break;
|
---|
6799 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
6800 | cbThisRead, true /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
6801 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6802 | break;
|
---|
6803 | }
|
---|
6804 | else
|
---|
6805 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
6806 |
|
---|
6807 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6808 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6809 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6810 |
|
---|
6811 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
6812 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
6813 |
|
---|
6814 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6815 | {
|
---|
6816 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
6817 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
6818 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
6819 | rc = pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser,
|
---|
6820 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
6821 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6822 | break;
|
---|
6823 | }
|
---|
6824 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
6825 |
|
---|
6826 | /* In case we set up a "write proxy" image above we must clear
|
---|
6827 | * this again now to prevent stray writes. Failure or not. */
|
---|
6828 | if (!pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
6829 | {
|
---|
6830 | /* Take the write lock. */
|
---|
6831 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6832 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6833 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6834 |
|
---|
6835 | pDisk->pImageRelay = NULL;
|
---|
6836 |
|
---|
6837 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6838 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6839 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6840 | }
|
---|
6841 | }
|
---|
6842 |
|
---|
6843 | /*
|
---|
6844 | * Leave in case of an error to avoid corrupted data in the image chain
|
---|
6845 | * (includes cancelling the operation by the user).
|
---|
6846 | */
|
---|
6847 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6848 | break;
|
---|
6849 |
|
---|
6850 | /* Need to hold the write lock while finishing the merge. */
|
---|
6851 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6852 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6853 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6854 |
|
---|
6855 | /* Update parent UUID so that image chain is consistent. */
|
---|
6856 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
6857 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = NULL;
|
---|
6858 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
6859 | {
|
---|
6860 | if (pImageFrom->pPrev)
|
---|
6861 | {
|
---|
6862 | rc = pImageFrom->pPrev->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pPrev->pBackendData,
|
---|
6863 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6864 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6865 | }
|
---|
6866 | else
|
---|
6867 | RTUuidClear(&Uuid);
|
---|
6868 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
6869 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6870 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6871 | }
|
---|
6872 | else
|
---|
6873 | {
|
---|
6874 | /* Update the parent uuid of the child of the last merged image. */
|
---|
6875 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
6876 | {
|
---|
6877 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
6878 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6879 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6880 |
|
---|
6881 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pNext->pBackendData,
|
---|
6882 | &Uuid);
|
---|
6883 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
6884 |
|
---|
6885 | pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
6886 | }
|
---|
6887 | }
|
---|
6888 |
|
---|
6889 | /* Delete the no longer needed images. */
|
---|
6890 | PVDIMAGE pImg = pImageFrom, pTmp;
|
---|
6891 | while (pImg != pImageTo)
|
---|
6892 | {
|
---|
6893 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
6894 | pTmp = pImg->pNext;
|
---|
6895 | else
|
---|
6896 | pTmp = pImg->pPrev;
|
---|
6897 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImg);
|
---|
6898 | pImg->Backend->pfnClose(pImg->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
6899 | RTMemFree(pImg->pszFilename);
|
---|
6900 | RTMemFree(pImg);
|
---|
6901 | pImg = pTmp;
|
---|
6902 | }
|
---|
6903 |
|
---|
6904 | /* Make sure destination image is back to read only if necessary. */
|
---|
6905 | if (pImageTo != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
6906 | {
|
---|
6907 | uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
6908 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6909 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
6910 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
6911 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6912 | break;
|
---|
6913 | }
|
---|
6914 |
|
---|
6915 | /*
|
---|
6916 | * Make sure the child is readonly
|
---|
6917 | * for the child -> parent merge direction
|
---|
6918 | * if necessary.
|
---|
6919 | */
|
---|
6920 | if ( nImageFrom > nImageTo
|
---|
6921 | && pImageChild
|
---|
6922 | && pImageChild != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
6923 | {
|
---|
6924 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData);
|
---|
6925 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
6926 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pBackendData,
|
---|
6927 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
6928 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6929 | break;
|
---|
6930 | }
|
---|
6931 | } while (0);
|
---|
6932 |
|
---|
6933 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
6934 | {
|
---|
6935 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6936 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6937 | }
|
---|
6938 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
6939 | {
|
---|
6940 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
6941 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6942 | }
|
---|
6943 |
|
---|
6944 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
6945 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
6946 |
|
---|
6947 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
6948 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
6949 |
|
---|
6950 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6951 | return rc;
|
---|
6952 | }
|
---|
6953 |
|
---|
6954 | /**
|
---|
6955 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another - extended version.
|
---|
6956 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
6957 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
6958 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
6959 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
6960 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
6961 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
6962 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
6963 | *
|
---|
6964 | * @note The read/write accesses across disks are not synchronized, just the
|
---|
6965 | * accesses to each disk. Once there is a use case which requires a defined
|
---|
6966 | * read/write behavior in this situation this needs to be extended.
|
---|
6967 | *
|
---|
6968 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
6969 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
6970 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
6971 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
6972 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
6973 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use (may be NULL to use the same as the source, case insensitive).
|
---|
6974 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL to specify that the
|
---|
6975 | * copy destination is the destination container, or
|
---|
6976 | * if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo, i.e. when moving).
|
---|
6977 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
6978 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
6979 | * @param nImageSameFrom todo
|
---|
6980 | * @param nImageSameTo todo
|
---|
6981 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
6982 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
6983 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
6984 | * In all rename/move cases or copy to existing image cases the modification UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
6985 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
6986 | * Only used if the destination image is created.
|
---|
6987 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
6988 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
6989 | * destination image.
|
---|
6990 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list,
|
---|
6991 | * for the destination operation.
|
---|
6992 | */
|
---|
6993 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopyEx(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
6994 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
6995 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
6996 | unsigned nImageFromSame, unsigned nImageToSame,
|
---|
6997 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
6998 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
6999 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
7000 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7001 | {
|
---|
7002 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7003 | int rc2;
|
---|
7004 | bool fLockReadFrom = false, fLockWriteFrom = false, fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
7005 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = NULL;
|
---|
7006 |
|
---|
7007 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p nImage=%u pDiskTo=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" fMoveByRename=%d cbSize=%llu nImageFromSame=%u nImageToSame=%u uImageFlags=%#x pDstUuid=%#p uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsOperation=%#p pDstVDIfsImage=%#p pDstVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7008 | pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename, cbSize, nImageFromSame, nImageToSame, uImageFlags, pDstUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsOperation, pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7009 |
|
---|
7010 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7011 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pDstVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7012 |
|
---|
7013 | do {
|
---|
7014 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7015 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskFrom), ("pDiskFrom=%#p\n", pDiskFrom),
|
---|
7016 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7017 | AssertMsg(pDiskFrom->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7018 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskFrom->u32Signature));
|
---|
7019 |
|
---|
7020 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7021 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7022 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
7023 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDiskFrom, nImage);
|
---|
7024 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageFrom, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7025 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskTo), ("pDiskTo=%#p\n", pDiskTo),
|
---|
7026 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7027 | AssertMsg(pDiskTo->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7028 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskTo->u32Signature));
|
---|
7029 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( (nImageFromSame < nImage || nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7030 | && (nImageToSame < pDiskTo->cImages || nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7031 | && ( (nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN && nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7032 | || (nImageFromSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN && nImageToSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)),
|
---|
7033 | ("nImageFromSame=%u nImageToSame=%u\n", nImageFromSame, nImageToSame),
|
---|
7034 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7035 |
|
---|
7036 | /* Move the image. */
|
---|
7037 | if (pDiskFrom == pDiskTo)
|
---|
7038 | {
|
---|
7039 | /* Rename only works when backends are the same, are file based
|
---|
7040 | * and the rename method is implemented. */
|
---|
7041 | if ( fMoveByRename
|
---|
7042 | && !RTStrICmp(pszBackend, pImageFrom->Backend->pszBackendName)
|
---|
7043 | && pImageFrom->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE
|
---|
7044 | && pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename)
|
---|
7045 | {
|
---|
7046 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7047 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7048 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
7049 |
|
---|
7050 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7051 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7052 | fLockWriteFrom = true;
|
---|
7053 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename(pImageFrom->pBackendData, pszFilename ? pszFilename : pImageFrom->pszFilename);
|
---|
7054 | break;
|
---|
7055 | }
|
---|
7056 |
|
---|
7057 | /** @todo Moving (including shrinking/growing) of the image is
|
---|
7058 | * requested, but the rename attempt failed or it wasn't possible.
|
---|
7059 | * Must now copy image to temp location. */
|
---|
7060 | AssertReleaseMsgFailed(("VDCopy: moving by copy/delete not implemented\n"));
|
---|
7061 | }
|
---|
7062 |
|
---|
7063 | /* pszFilename is allowed to be NULL, as this indicates copy to the existing image. */
|
---|
7064 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pszFilename == NULL || (VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename),
|
---|
7065 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
7066 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7067 |
|
---|
7068 | uint64_t cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
7069 | cbSizeFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageFrom->pBackendData);
|
---|
7070 | if (cbSizeFrom == 0)
|
---|
7071 | {
|
---|
7072 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
7073 | break;
|
---|
7074 | }
|
---|
7075 |
|
---|
7076 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
7077 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
7078 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7079 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7080 |
|
---|
7081 | RTUUID ImageUuid, ImageModificationUuid;
|
---|
7082 | if (pDiskFrom != pDiskTo)
|
---|
7083 | {
|
---|
7084 | if (pDstUuid)
|
---|
7085 | ImageUuid = *pDstUuid;
|
---|
7086 | else
|
---|
7087 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
7088 | }
|
---|
7089 | else
|
---|
7090 | {
|
---|
7091 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
7092 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7093 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
7094 | }
|
---|
7095 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7096 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7097 | RTUuidClear(&ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7098 |
|
---|
7099 | char szComment[1024];
|
---|
7100 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImageFrom->pBackendData, szComment, sizeof(szComment));
|
---|
7101 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7102 | szComment[0] = '\0';
|
---|
7103 | else
|
---|
7104 | szComment[sizeof(szComment) - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
7105 |
|
---|
7106 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7107 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7108 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
7109 |
|
---|
7110 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7111 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7112 | unsigned cImagesTo = pDiskTo->cImages;
|
---|
7113 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7114 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7115 |
|
---|
7116 | if (pszFilename)
|
---|
7117 | {
|
---|
7118 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
7119 | cbSize = cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
7120 |
|
---|
7121 | /* Create destination image with the properties of source image. */
|
---|
7122 | /** @todo replace the VDCreateDiff/VDCreateBase calls by direct
|
---|
7123 | * calls to the backend. Unifies the code and reduces the API
|
---|
7124 | * dependencies. Would also make the synchronization explicit. */
|
---|
7125 | if (cImagesTo > 0)
|
---|
7126 | {
|
---|
7127 | rc = VDCreateDiff(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename,
|
---|
7128 | uImageFlags, szComment, &ImageUuid,
|
---|
7129 | NULL /* pParentUuid */,
|
---|
7130 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
7131 | pDstVDIfsImage, NULL);
|
---|
7132 |
|
---|
7133 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7134 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7135 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7136 | } else {
|
---|
7137 | /** @todo hack to force creation of a fixed image for
|
---|
7138 | * the RAW backend, which can't handle anything else. */
|
---|
7139 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, "RAW"))
|
---|
7140 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED;
|
---|
7141 |
|
---|
7142 | vdFixupPCHSGeometry(&PCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7143 | vdFixupLCHSGeometry(&LCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7144 |
|
---|
7145 | rc = VDCreateBase(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
7146 | uImageFlags, szComment,
|
---|
7147 | &PCHSGeometryFrom, &LCHSGeometryFrom,
|
---|
7148 | NULL, uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
7149 | pDstVDIfsImage, NULL);
|
---|
7150 |
|
---|
7151 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7152 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7153 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7154 |
|
---|
7155 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ImageUuid))
|
---|
7156 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
7157 | }
|
---|
7158 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7159 | break;
|
---|
7160 |
|
---|
7161 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
7162 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7163 |
|
---|
7164 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSize, cbSizeFrom);
|
---|
7165 | }
|
---|
7166 | else
|
---|
7167 | {
|
---|
7168 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
7169 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7170 |
|
---|
7171 | uint64_t cbSizeTo;
|
---|
7172 | cbSizeTo = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pBackendData);
|
---|
7173 | if (cbSizeTo == 0)
|
---|
7174 | {
|
---|
7175 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
7176 | break;
|
---|
7177 | }
|
---|
7178 |
|
---|
7179 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
7180 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSizeFrom, cbSizeTo);
|
---|
7181 |
|
---|
7182 | vdFixupPCHSGeometry(&PCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7183 | vdFixupLCHSGeometry(&LCHSGeometryFrom, cbSize);
|
---|
7184 |
|
---|
7185 | /* Update the geometry in the destination image. */
|
---|
7186 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImageTo->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7187 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImageTo->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
7188 | }
|
---|
7189 |
|
---|
7190 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7191 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7192 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
7193 |
|
---|
7194 | /* Whether we can take the optimized copy path (false) or not.
|
---|
7195 | * Don't optimize if the image existed or if it is a child image. */
|
---|
7196 | bool fSuppressRedundantIo = ( !(pszFilename == NULL || cImagesTo > 0)
|
---|
7197 | || (nImageToSame != VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN));
|
---|
7198 | unsigned cImagesFromReadBack, cImagesToReadBack;
|
---|
7199 |
|
---|
7200 | if (nImageFromSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7201 | cImagesFromReadBack = 0;
|
---|
7202 | else
|
---|
7203 | {
|
---|
7204 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
7205 | cImagesFromReadBack = pDiskFrom->cImages - nImageFromSame - 1;
|
---|
7206 | else
|
---|
7207 | cImagesFromReadBack = nImage - nImageFromSame;
|
---|
7208 | }
|
---|
7209 |
|
---|
7210 | if (nImageToSame == VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN)
|
---|
7211 | cImagesToReadBack = 0;
|
---|
7212 | else
|
---|
7213 | cImagesToReadBack = pDiskTo->cImages - nImageToSame - 1;
|
---|
7214 |
|
---|
7215 | /* Copy the data. */
|
---|
7216 | rc = vdCopyHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, pDiskTo, cbSize,
|
---|
7217 | cImagesFromReadBack, cImagesToReadBack,
|
---|
7218 | fSuppressRedundantIo, pIfProgress, pDstIfProgress);
|
---|
7219 |
|
---|
7220 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7221 | {
|
---|
7222 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7223 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7224 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7225 |
|
---|
7226 | /* Only set modification UUID if it is non-null, since the source
|
---|
7227 | * backend might not provide a valid modification UUID. */
|
---|
7228 | if (!RTUuidIsNull(&ImageModificationUuid))
|
---|
7229 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImageTo->pBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
7230 |
|
---|
7231 | /* Set the requested open flags if they differ from the value
|
---|
7232 | * required for creating the image and copying the contents. */
|
---|
7233 | if ( pImageTo && pszFilename
|
---|
7234 | && uOpenFlags != (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
7235 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pBackendData,
|
---|
7236 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7237 | }
|
---|
7238 | } while (0);
|
---|
7239 |
|
---|
7240 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && pImageTo && pszFilename)
|
---|
7241 | {
|
---|
7242 | /* Take the write lock only if it is not taken. Not worth making the
|
---|
7243 | * above code even more complicated. */
|
---|
7244 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
7245 | {
|
---|
7246 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7247 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7248 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
7249 | }
|
---|
7250 | /* Error detected, but new image created. Remove image from list. */
|
---|
7251 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDiskTo, pImageTo);
|
---|
7252 |
|
---|
7253 | /* Close and delete image. */
|
---|
7254 | rc2 = pImageTo->Backend->pfnClose(pImageTo->pBackendData, true);
|
---|
7255 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7256 | pImageTo->pBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
7257 |
|
---|
7258 | /* Free remaining resources. */
|
---|
7259 | if (pImageTo->pszFilename)
|
---|
7260 | RTStrFree(pImageTo->pszFilename);
|
---|
7261 |
|
---|
7262 | RTMemFree(pImageTo);
|
---|
7263 | }
|
---|
7264 |
|
---|
7265 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
7266 | {
|
---|
7267 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
7268 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7269 | }
|
---|
7270 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteFrom))
|
---|
7271 | {
|
---|
7272 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7273 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7274 | }
|
---|
7275 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockReadFrom))
|
---|
7276 | {
|
---|
7277 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
7278 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7279 | }
|
---|
7280 |
|
---|
7281 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7282 | {
|
---|
7283 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7284 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7285 | if (pDstIfProgress && pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7286 | pDstIfProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7287 | }
|
---|
7288 |
|
---|
7289 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7290 | return rc;
|
---|
7291 | }
|
---|
7292 |
|
---|
7293 | /**
|
---|
7294 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another.
|
---|
7295 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
7296 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
7297 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
7298 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
7299 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
7300 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
7301 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
7302 | *
|
---|
7303 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7304 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
7305 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
7306 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
7307 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
7308 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
7309 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo).
|
---|
7310 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
7311 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
7312 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
7313 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
7314 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
7315 | * In all rename/move cases the UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
7316 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
7317 | * Only used if the destination image is created.
|
---|
7318 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7319 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
7320 | * destination image.
|
---|
7321 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-image VD interface list,
|
---|
7322 | * for the destination image.
|
---|
7323 | */
|
---|
7324 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopy(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
7325 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
7326 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
7327 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
7328 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
7329 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
7330 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7331 | {
|
---|
7332 | return VDCopyEx(pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename,
|
---|
7333 | cbSize, VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN, VD_IMAGE_CONTENT_UNKNOWN,
|
---|
7334 | uImageFlags, pDstUuid, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
7335 | pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7336 | }
|
---|
7337 |
|
---|
7338 | /**
|
---|
7339 | * Optimizes the storage consumption of an image. Typically the unused blocks
|
---|
7340 | * have to be wiped with zeroes to achieve a substantial reduced storage use.
|
---|
7341 | * Another optimization done is reordering the image blocks, which can provide
|
---|
7342 | * a significant performance boost, as reads and writes tend to use less random
|
---|
7343 | * file offsets.
|
---|
7344 | *
|
---|
7345 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
7346 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
7347 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
7348 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
7349 | * the code for this isn't implemented yet.
|
---|
7350 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7351 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
7352 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7353 | */
|
---|
7354 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCompact(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
7355 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7356 | {
|
---|
7357 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7358 | int rc2;
|
---|
7359 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7360 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
7361 | void *pvTmp = NULL;
|
---|
7362 |
|
---|
7363 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7364 | pDisk, nImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7365 |
|
---|
7366 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7367 |
|
---|
7368 | do {
|
---|
7369 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7370 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
7371 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7372 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7373 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7374 |
|
---|
7375 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7376 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7377 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
7378 |
|
---|
7379 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
7380 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7381 |
|
---|
7382 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
7383 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
7384 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
7385 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnCompact)
|
---|
7386 | {
|
---|
7387 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
7388 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
7389 | else
|
---|
7390 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7391 | break;
|
---|
7392 | }
|
---|
7393 |
|
---|
7394 | /* Insert interface for reading parent state into per-operation list,
|
---|
7395 | * if there is a parent image. */
|
---|
7396 | VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE VDIfParent;
|
---|
7397 | VDPARENTSTATEDESC ParentUser;
|
---|
7398 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
7399 | {
|
---|
7400 | VDIfParent.pfnParentRead = vdParentRead;
|
---|
7401 | ParentUser.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
7402 | ParentUser.pImage = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
7403 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfParent.Core, "VDCompact_ParentState", VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE,
|
---|
7404 | &ParentUser, sizeof(VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE), &pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7405 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
7406 | }
|
---|
7407 |
|
---|
7408 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7409 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7410 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7411 |
|
---|
7412 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7413 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7414 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7415 |
|
---|
7416 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCompact(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7417 | 0, 99,
|
---|
7418 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
7419 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
7420 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7421 | } while (0);
|
---|
7422 |
|
---|
7423 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7424 | {
|
---|
7425 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7426 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7427 | }
|
---|
7428 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7429 | {
|
---|
7430 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7431 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7432 | }
|
---|
7433 |
|
---|
7434 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
7435 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
7436 | if (pvTmp)
|
---|
7437 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
7438 |
|
---|
7439 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7440 | {
|
---|
7441 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7442 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7443 | }
|
---|
7444 |
|
---|
7445 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7446 | return rc;
|
---|
7447 | }
|
---|
7448 |
|
---|
7449 | /**
|
---|
7450 | * Resizes the given disk image to the given size.
|
---|
7451 | *
|
---|
7452 | * @return VBox status
|
---|
7453 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
7454 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
7455 | *
|
---|
7456 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
7457 | * @param cbSize New size of the image.
|
---|
7458 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to the new physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
7459 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to the new logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
7460 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
7461 | */
|
---|
7462 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDResize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
7463 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
7464 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
7465 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
7466 | {
|
---|
7467 | /** @todo r=klaus resizing was designed to be part of VDCopy, so having a separate function is not desirable. */
|
---|
7468 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7469 | int rc2;
|
---|
7470 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7471 |
|
---|
7472 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p cbSize=%llu pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
7473 | pDisk, cbSize, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
7474 |
|
---|
7475 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pIfProgress = VDIfProgressGet(pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7476 |
|
---|
7477 | do {
|
---|
7478 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7479 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
7480 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7481 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
7482 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7483 |
|
---|
7484 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7485 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7486 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
7487 |
|
---|
7488 | /* Not supported if the disk has child images attached. */
|
---|
7489 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages == 1, ("cImages=%u\n", pDisk->cImages),
|
---|
7490 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
7491 |
|
---|
7492 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase;
|
---|
7493 |
|
---|
7494 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
7495 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
7496 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
7497 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnResize)
|
---|
7498 | {
|
---|
7499 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
7500 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
7501 | else
|
---|
7502 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7503 | break;
|
---|
7504 | }
|
---|
7505 |
|
---|
7506 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7507 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7508 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7509 |
|
---|
7510 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7511 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7512 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7513 |
|
---|
7514 | VDGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
7515 | VDGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
7516 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometryNew;
|
---|
7517 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometryNew;
|
---|
7518 |
|
---|
7519 | if (pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders == 0)
|
---|
7520 | {
|
---|
7521 | /* Auto-detect marker, calculate new value ourself. */
|
---|
7522 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData, &PCHSGeometryOld);
|
---|
7523 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && (PCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders != 0))
|
---|
7524 | PCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders = RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / PCHSGeometryOld.cHeads / PCHSGeometryOld.cSectors, 16383);
|
---|
7525 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET)
|
---|
7526 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7527 |
|
---|
7528 | pPCHSGeometryNew = &PCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
7529 | }
|
---|
7530 | else
|
---|
7531 | pPCHSGeometryNew = pPCHSGeometry;
|
---|
7532 |
|
---|
7533 | if (pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders == 0)
|
---|
7534 | {
|
---|
7535 | /* Auto-detect marker, calculate new value ourself. */
|
---|
7536 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData, &LCHSGeometryOld);
|
---|
7537 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && (LCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders != 0))
|
---|
7538 | LCHSGeometryOld.cCylinders = cbSize / 512 / LCHSGeometryOld.cHeads / LCHSGeometryOld.cSectors;
|
---|
7539 | else if (rc == VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET)
|
---|
7540 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7541 |
|
---|
7542 | pLCHSGeometryNew = &LCHSGeometryOld;
|
---|
7543 | }
|
---|
7544 | else
|
---|
7545 | pLCHSGeometryNew = pLCHSGeometry;
|
---|
7546 |
|
---|
7547 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7548 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnResize(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7549 | cbSize,
|
---|
7550 | pPCHSGeometryNew,
|
---|
7551 | pLCHSGeometryNew,
|
---|
7552 | 0, 99,
|
---|
7553 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
7554 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
7555 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
7556 | } while (0);
|
---|
7557 |
|
---|
7558 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7559 | {
|
---|
7560 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7561 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7562 | }
|
---|
7563 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7564 | {
|
---|
7565 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7566 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7567 | }
|
---|
7568 |
|
---|
7569 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7570 | {
|
---|
7571 | if (pIfProgress && pIfProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
7572 | pIfProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->Core.pvUser, 100);
|
---|
7573 | }
|
---|
7574 |
|
---|
7575 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7576 | return rc;
|
---|
7577 | }
|
---|
7578 |
|
---|
7579 | /**
|
---|
7580 | * Closes the last opened image file in HDD container.
|
---|
7581 | * If previous image file was opened in read-only mode (the normal case) and
|
---|
7582 | * the last opened image is in read-write mode then the previous image will be
|
---|
7583 | * reopened in read/write mode.
|
---|
7584 | *
|
---|
7585 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7586 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
7587 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7588 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
7589 | */
|
---|
7590 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
7591 | {
|
---|
7592 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7593 | int rc2;
|
---|
7594 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7595 |
|
---|
7596 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
7597 | do
|
---|
7598 | {
|
---|
7599 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7600 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7601 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7602 |
|
---|
7603 | /* Not worth splitting this up into a read lock phase and write
|
---|
7604 | * lock phase, as closing an image is a relatively fast operation
|
---|
7605 | * dominated by the part which needs the write lock. */
|
---|
7606 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7607 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7608 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7609 |
|
---|
7610 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7611 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
7612 | {
|
---|
7613 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED;
|
---|
7614 | break;
|
---|
7615 | }
|
---|
7616 |
|
---|
7617 | /* Destroy the current discard state first which might still have pending blocks. */
|
---|
7618 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
7619 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7620 | break;
|
---|
7621 |
|
---|
7622 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
7623 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
7624 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
7625 | /* Close (and optionally delete) image. */
|
---|
7626 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
7627 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
7628 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
7629 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
7630 |
|
---|
7631 | pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7632 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
7633 | break;
|
---|
7634 |
|
---|
7635 | /* If disk was previously in read/write mode, make sure it will stay
|
---|
7636 | * like this (if possible) after closing this image. Set the open flags
|
---|
7637 | * accordingly. */
|
---|
7638 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
7639 | {
|
---|
7640 | uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
7641 | uOpenFlags &= ~ VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
7642 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData, uOpenFlags);
|
---|
7643 | }
|
---|
7644 |
|
---|
7645 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
7646 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
7647 |
|
---|
7648 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
7649 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7650 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
7651 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
7652 | {
|
---|
7653 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
7654 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
7655 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
7656 | }
|
---|
7657 | else
|
---|
7658 | {
|
---|
7659 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
7660 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
7661 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
7662 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
7663 | }
|
---|
7664 |
|
---|
7665 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
7666 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
7667 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
7668 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
7669 | {
|
---|
7670 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
7671 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
7672 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
7673 | }
|
---|
7674 | else
|
---|
7675 | {
|
---|
7676 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
7677 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
7678 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
7679 | }
|
---|
7680 | } while (0);
|
---|
7681 |
|
---|
7682 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7683 | {
|
---|
7684 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7685 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7686 | }
|
---|
7687 |
|
---|
7688 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7689 | return rc;
|
---|
7690 | }
|
---|
7691 |
|
---|
7692 | /**
|
---|
7693 | * Closes the currently opened cache image file in HDD container.
|
---|
7694 | *
|
---|
7695 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
7696 | * @return VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no cache is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
7697 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7698 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
7699 | */
|
---|
7700 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCacheClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
7701 | {
|
---|
7702 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7703 | int rc2;
|
---|
7704 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7705 | PVDCACHE pCache = NULL;
|
---|
7706 |
|
---|
7707 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
7708 |
|
---|
7709 | do
|
---|
7710 | {
|
---|
7711 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7712 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7713 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7714 |
|
---|
7715 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7716 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7717 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7718 |
|
---|
7719 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pCache, rc = VERR_VD_CACHE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
7720 |
|
---|
7721 | pCache = pDisk->pCache;
|
---|
7722 | pDisk->pCache = NULL;
|
---|
7723 |
|
---|
7724 | pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
7725 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
7726 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
7727 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
7728 | } while (0);
|
---|
7729 |
|
---|
7730 | if (RT_LIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7731 | {
|
---|
7732 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7733 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7734 | }
|
---|
7735 |
|
---|
7736 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7737 | return rc;
|
---|
7738 | }
|
---|
7739 |
|
---|
7740 | /**
|
---|
7741 | * Closes all opened image files in HDD container.
|
---|
7742 | *
|
---|
7743 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7744 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7745 | */
|
---|
7746 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCloseAll(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
7747 | {
|
---|
7748 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7749 | int rc2;
|
---|
7750 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7751 |
|
---|
7752 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
7753 | do
|
---|
7754 | {
|
---|
7755 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7756 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7757 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7758 |
|
---|
7759 | /* Lock the entire operation. */
|
---|
7760 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7761 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7762 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7763 |
|
---|
7764 | PVDCACHE pCache = pDisk->pCache;
|
---|
7765 | if (pCache)
|
---|
7766 | {
|
---|
7767 | rc2 = pCache->Backend->pfnClose(pCache->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
7768 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7769 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
7770 |
|
---|
7771 | if (pCache->pszFilename)
|
---|
7772 | RTStrFree(pCache->pszFilename);
|
---|
7773 | RTMemFree(pCache);
|
---|
7774 | }
|
---|
7775 |
|
---|
7776 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7777 | while (VALID_PTR(pImage))
|
---|
7778 | {
|
---|
7779 | PVDIMAGE pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
7780 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
7781 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
7782 | /* Close image. */
|
---|
7783 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pBackendData, false);
|
---|
7784 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
7785 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
7786 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
7787 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
7788 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
7789 | pImage = pPrev;
|
---|
7790 | }
|
---|
7791 | Assert(!VALID_PTR(pDisk->pLast));
|
---|
7792 | } while (0);
|
---|
7793 |
|
---|
7794 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7795 | {
|
---|
7796 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7797 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7798 | }
|
---|
7799 |
|
---|
7800 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7801 | return rc;
|
---|
7802 | }
|
---|
7803 |
|
---|
7804 | /**
|
---|
7805 | * Read data from virtual HDD.
|
---|
7806 | *
|
---|
7807 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7808 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
7809 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7810 | * @param uOffset Offset of first reading byte from start of disk.
|
---|
7811 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for reading data.
|
---|
7812 | * @param cbRead Number of bytes to read.
|
---|
7813 | */
|
---|
7814 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
7815 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
7816 | {
|
---|
7817 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7818 | int rc2;
|
---|
7819 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7820 |
|
---|
7821 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
7822 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
7823 | do
|
---|
7824 | {
|
---|
7825 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7826 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7827 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7828 |
|
---|
7829 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7830 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
7831 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
7832 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7833 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
7834 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
7835 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7836 |
|
---|
7837 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7838 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7839 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
7840 |
|
---|
7841 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
7842 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
7843 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
7844 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7845 |
|
---|
7846 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7847 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
7848 |
|
---|
7849 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead,
|
---|
7850 | true /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
7851 | } while (0);
|
---|
7852 |
|
---|
7853 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
7854 | {
|
---|
7855 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
7856 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7857 | }
|
---|
7858 |
|
---|
7859 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7860 | return rc;
|
---|
7861 | }
|
---|
7862 |
|
---|
7863 | /**
|
---|
7864 | * Write data to virtual HDD.
|
---|
7865 | *
|
---|
7866 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7867 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
7868 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7869 | * @param uOffset Offset of the first byte being
|
---|
7870 | * written from start of disk.
|
---|
7871 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for writing data.
|
---|
7872 | * @param cbWrite Number of bytes to write.
|
---|
7873 | */
|
---|
7874 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
7875 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
7876 | {
|
---|
7877 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7878 | int rc2;
|
---|
7879 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7880 |
|
---|
7881 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
7882 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
7883 | do
|
---|
7884 | {
|
---|
7885 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7886 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7887 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7888 |
|
---|
7889 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
7890 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
7891 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
7892 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7893 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
7894 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
7895 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7896 |
|
---|
7897 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7898 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7899 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7900 |
|
---|
7901 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
7902 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
7903 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
7904 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7905 |
|
---|
7906 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7907 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
7908 |
|
---|
7909 | vdSetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
7910 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImage, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite,
|
---|
7911 | true /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
7912 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
7913 | break;
|
---|
7914 |
|
---|
7915 | /* If there is a merge (in the direction towards a parent) running
|
---|
7916 | * concurrently then we have to also "relay" the write to this parent,
|
---|
7917 | * as the merge position might be already past the position where
|
---|
7918 | * this write is going. The "context" of the write can come from the
|
---|
7919 | * natural chain, since merging either already did or will take care
|
---|
7920 | * of the "other" content which is might be needed to fill the block
|
---|
7921 | * to a full allocation size. The cache doesn't need to be touched
|
---|
7922 | * as this write is covered by the previous one. */
|
---|
7923 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pImageRelay))
|
---|
7924 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pDisk->pImageRelay, uOffset,
|
---|
7925 | pvBuf, cbWrite, false /* fUpdateCache */);
|
---|
7926 | } while (0);
|
---|
7927 |
|
---|
7928 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7929 | {
|
---|
7930 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7931 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7932 | }
|
---|
7933 |
|
---|
7934 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7935 | return rc;
|
---|
7936 | }
|
---|
7937 |
|
---|
7938 | /**
|
---|
7939 | * Make sure the on disk representation of a virtual HDD is up to date.
|
---|
7940 | *
|
---|
7941 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
7942 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
7943 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7944 | */
|
---|
7945 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
7946 | {
|
---|
7947 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
7948 | int rc2;
|
---|
7949 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
7950 |
|
---|
7951 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
7952 | do
|
---|
7953 | {
|
---|
7954 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7955 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
7956 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
7957 |
|
---|
7958 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7959 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7960 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
7961 |
|
---|
7962 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
7963 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
7964 |
|
---|
7965 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
7966 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnFlush(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
7967 |
|
---|
7968 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
7969 | && pDisk->pCache)
|
---|
7970 | rc = pDisk->pCache->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pCache->pBackendData);
|
---|
7971 | } while (0);
|
---|
7972 |
|
---|
7973 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
7974 | {
|
---|
7975 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
7976 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
7977 | }
|
---|
7978 |
|
---|
7979 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
7980 | return rc;
|
---|
7981 | }
|
---|
7982 |
|
---|
7983 | /**
|
---|
7984 | * Get number of opened images in HDD container.
|
---|
7985 | *
|
---|
7986 | * @returns Number of opened images for HDD container. 0 if no images have been opened.
|
---|
7987 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
7988 | */
|
---|
7989 | VBOXDDU_DECL(unsigned) VDGetCount(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
7990 | {
|
---|
7991 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
7992 | int rc2;
|
---|
7993 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
7994 |
|
---|
7995 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
7996 | do
|
---|
7997 | {
|
---|
7998 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
7999 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cImages = 0);
|
---|
8000 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8001 |
|
---|
8002 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8003 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8004 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8005 |
|
---|
8006 | cImages = pDisk->cImages;
|
---|
8007 | } while (0);
|
---|
8008 |
|
---|
8009 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8010 | {
|
---|
8011 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8012 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8013 | }
|
---|
8014 |
|
---|
8015 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %u\n", cImages));
|
---|
8016 | return cImages;
|
---|
8017 | }
|
---|
8018 |
|
---|
8019 | /**
|
---|
8020 | * Get read/write mode of HDD container.
|
---|
8021 | *
|
---|
8022 | * @returns Virtual disk ReadOnly status.
|
---|
8023 | * @returns true if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8024 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8025 | */
|
---|
8026 | VBOXDDU_DECL(bool) VDIsReadOnly(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
8027 | {
|
---|
8028 | bool fReadOnly;
|
---|
8029 | int rc2;
|
---|
8030 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8031 |
|
---|
8032 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
8033 | do
|
---|
8034 | {
|
---|
8035 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8036 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, fReadOnly = false);
|
---|
8037 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8038 |
|
---|
8039 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8040 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8041 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8042 |
|
---|
8043 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
8044 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, fReadOnly = true);
|
---|
8045 |
|
---|
8046 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
8047 | uOpenFlags = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pBackendData);
|
---|
8048 | fReadOnly = !!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY);
|
---|
8049 | } while (0);
|
---|
8050 |
|
---|
8051 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8052 | {
|
---|
8053 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8054 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8055 | }
|
---|
8056 |
|
---|
8057 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %d\n", fReadOnly));
|
---|
8058 | return fReadOnly;
|
---|
8059 | }
|
---|
8060 |
|
---|
8061 | /**
|
---|
8062 | * Get total capacity of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
8063 | *
|
---|
8064 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
8065 | * @returns 0 if no image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8066 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8067 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8068 | */
|
---|
8069 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
8070 | {
|
---|
8071 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
8072 | int rc2;
|
---|
8073 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8074 |
|
---|
8075 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
8076 | do
|
---|
8077 | {
|
---|
8078 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8079 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8080 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8081 |
|
---|
8082 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8083 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8084 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8085 |
|
---|
8086 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8087 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8088 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8089 | } while (0);
|
---|
8090 |
|
---|
8091 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8092 | {
|
---|
8093 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8094 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8095 | }
|
---|
8096 |
|
---|
8097 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
8098 | return cbSize;
|
---|
8099 | }
|
---|
8100 |
|
---|
8101 | /**
|
---|
8102 | * Get total file size of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
8103 | *
|
---|
8104 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
8105 | * @returns 0 if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
8106 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8107 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8108 | */
|
---|
8109 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetFileSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
8110 | {
|
---|
8111 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
8112 | int rc2;
|
---|
8113 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8114 |
|
---|
8115 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
8116 | do
|
---|
8117 | {
|
---|
8118 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8119 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8120 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8121 |
|
---|
8122 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8123 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8124 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8125 |
|
---|
8126 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8127 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
8128 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetFileSize(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8129 | } while (0);
|
---|
8130 |
|
---|
8131 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8132 | {
|
---|
8133 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8134 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8135 | }
|
---|
8136 |
|
---|
8137 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
8138 | return cbSize;
|
---|
8139 | }
|
---|
8140 |
|
---|
8141 | /**
|
---|
8142 | * Get virtual disk PCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
8143 | *
|
---|
8144 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8145 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8146 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
8147 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8148 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8149 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to store PCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
8150 | */
|
---|
8151 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8152 | PVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8153 | {
|
---|
8154 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8155 | int rc2;
|
---|
8156 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8157 |
|
---|
8158 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
8159 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry));
|
---|
8160 | do
|
---|
8161 | {
|
---|
8162 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8163 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8164 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8165 |
|
---|
8166 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8167 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
8168 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
8169 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8170 |
|
---|
8171 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8172 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8173 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8174 |
|
---|
8175 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8176 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8177 |
|
---|
8178 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
8179 | {
|
---|
8180 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
8181 | if (pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
8182 | *pPCHSGeometry = pDisk->PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
8183 | else
|
---|
8184 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
8185 | }
|
---|
8186 | else
|
---|
8187 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8188 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8189 | } while (0);
|
---|
8190 |
|
---|
8191 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8192 | {
|
---|
8193 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8194 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8195 | }
|
---|
8196 |
|
---|
8197 | LogFlowFunc(("%Rrc (PCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
8198 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
8199 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
8200 | return rc;
|
---|
8201 | }
|
---|
8202 |
|
---|
8203 | /**
|
---|
8204 | * Store virtual disk PCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
8205 | *
|
---|
8206 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
8207 | *
|
---|
8208 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8209 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8210 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
8211 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8212 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8213 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to load PCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
8214 | */
|
---|
8215 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8216 | PCVDGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8217 | {
|
---|
8218 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8219 | int rc2;
|
---|
8220 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8221 |
|
---|
8222 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
8223 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry, pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
8224 | pPCHSGeometry->cHeads, pPCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
8225 | do
|
---|
8226 | {
|
---|
8227 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8228 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8229 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8230 |
|
---|
8231 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8232 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8233 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
8234 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
8235 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
8236 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
8237 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
8238 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8239 |
|
---|
8240 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8241 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8242 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8243 |
|
---|
8244 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8245 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8246 |
|
---|
8247 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
8248 | {
|
---|
8249 | if ( pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
8250 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
8251 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
8252 | {
|
---|
8253 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
8254 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
8255 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
8256 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
8257 | * right now. */
|
---|
8258 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8259 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8260 |
|
---|
8261 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
8262 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8263 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8264 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
8265 | {
|
---|
8266 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
8267 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
8268 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
8269 | }
|
---|
8270 | else
|
---|
8271 | {
|
---|
8272 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
8273 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
8274 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
8275 | }
|
---|
8276 | }
|
---|
8277 | }
|
---|
8278 | else
|
---|
8279 | {
|
---|
8280 | VDGEOMETRY PCHS;
|
---|
8281 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8282 | &PCHS);
|
---|
8283 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
8284 | || pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != PCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
8285 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != PCHS.cHeads
|
---|
8286 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != PCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
8287 | {
|
---|
8288 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
8289 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
8290 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
8291 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
8292 | * right now. */
|
---|
8293 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8294 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8295 | }
|
---|
8296 | }
|
---|
8297 | } while (0);
|
---|
8298 |
|
---|
8299 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8300 | {
|
---|
8301 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8302 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8303 | }
|
---|
8304 |
|
---|
8305 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8306 | return rc;
|
---|
8307 | }
|
---|
8308 |
|
---|
8309 | /**
|
---|
8310 | * Get virtual disk LCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
8311 | *
|
---|
8312 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8313 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8314 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
8315 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8316 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8317 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to store LCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
8318 | */
|
---|
8319 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8320 | PVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8321 | {
|
---|
8322 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8323 | int rc2;
|
---|
8324 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8325 |
|
---|
8326 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
8327 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry));
|
---|
8328 | do
|
---|
8329 | {
|
---|
8330 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8331 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8332 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8333 |
|
---|
8334 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8335 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
8336 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
8337 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8338 |
|
---|
8339 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8340 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8341 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8342 |
|
---|
8343 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8344 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8345 |
|
---|
8346 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
8347 | {
|
---|
8348 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
8349 | if (pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
8350 | *pLCHSGeometry = pDisk->LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
8351 | else
|
---|
8352 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
8353 | }
|
---|
8354 | else
|
---|
8355 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8356 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8357 | } while (0);
|
---|
8358 |
|
---|
8359 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8360 | {
|
---|
8361 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8362 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8363 | }
|
---|
8364 |
|
---|
8365 | LogFlowFunc((": %Rrc (LCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
8366 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
8367 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
8368 | return rc;
|
---|
8369 | }
|
---|
8370 |
|
---|
8371 | /**
|
---|
8372 | * Store virtual disk LCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
8373 | *
|
---|
8374 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
8375 | *
|
---|
8376 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8377 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8378 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
8379 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8380 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8381 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to load LCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
8382 | */
|
---|
8383 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8384 | PCVDGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8385 | {
|
---|
8386 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8387 | int rc2;
|
---|
8388 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8389 |
|
---|
8390 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
8391 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
8392 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
8393 | do
|
---|
8394 | {
|
---|
8395 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8396 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8397 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8398 |
|
---|
8399 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8400 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
8401 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
8402 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
8403 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
8404 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
8405 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
8406 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8407 |
|
---|
8408 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8409 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8410 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8411 |
|
---|
8412 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8413 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8414 |
|
---|
8415 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
8416 | {
|
---|
8417 | if ( pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
8418 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
8419 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
8420 | {
|
---|
8421 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
8422 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
8423 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
8424 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
8425 | * right now. */
|
---|
8426 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8427 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8428 |
|
---|
8429 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
8430 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8431 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8432 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
8433 | {
|
---|
8434 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
8435 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
8436 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
8437 | }
|
---|
8438 | else
|
---|
8439 | {
|
---|
8440 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
8441 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
8442 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
8443 | }
|
---|
8444 | }
|
---|
8445 | }
|
---|
8446 | else
|
---|
8447 | {
|
---|
8448 | VDGEOMETRY LCHS;
|
---|
8449 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8450 | &LCHS);
|
---|
8451 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
8452 | || pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != LCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
8453 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != LCHS.cHeads
|
---|
8454 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != LCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
8455 | {
|
---|
8456 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
8457 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
8458 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
8459 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
8460 | * right now. */
|
---|
8461 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8462 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
8463 | }
|
---|
8464 | }
|
---|
8465 | } while (0);
|
---|
8466 |
|
---|
8467 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8468 | {
|
---|
8469 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8470 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8471 | }
|
---|
8472 |
|
---|
8473 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8474 | return rc;
|
---|
8475 | }
|
---|
8476 |
|
---|
8477 | /**
|
---|
8478 | * Get version of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8479 | *
|
---|
8480 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8481 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8482 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8483 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8484 | * @param puVersion Where to store the image version.
|
---|
8485 | */
|
---|
8486 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetVersion(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8487 | unsigned *puVersion)
|
---|
8488 | {
|
---|
8489 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8490 | int rc2;
|
---|
8491 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8492 |
|
---|
8493 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puVersion=%#p\n",
|
---|
8494 | pDisk, nImage, puVersion));
|
---|
8495 | do
|
---|
8496 | {
|
---|
8497 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8498 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8499 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8500 |
|
---|
8501 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8502 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puVersion),
|
---|
8503 | ("puVersion=%#p\n", puVersion),
|
---|
8504 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8505 |
|
---|
8506 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8507 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8508 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8509 |
|
---|
8510 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8511 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8512 |
|
---|
8513 | *puVersion = pImage->Backend->pfnGetVersion(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8514 | } while (0);
|
---|
8515 |
|
---|
8516 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8517 | {
|
---|
8518 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8519 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8520 | }
|
---|
8521 |
|
---|
8522 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uVersion=%#x\n", rc, *puVersion));
|
---|
8523 | return rc;
|
---|
8524 | }
|
---|
8525 |
|
---|
8526 | /**
|
---|
8527 | * List the capabilities of image backend in HDD container.
|
---|
8528 | *
|
---|
8529 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8530 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8531 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
8532 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8533 | * @param pbackendInfo Where to store the backend information.
|
---|
8534 | */
|
---|
8535 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoSingle(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8536 | PVDBACKENDINFO pBackendInfo)
|
---|
8537 | {
|
---|
8538 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8539 | int rc2;
|
---|
8540 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8541 |
|
---|
8542 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pBackendInfo=%#p\n",
|
---|
8543 | pDisk, nImage, pBackendInfo));
|
---|
8544 | do
|
---|
8545 | {
|
---|
8546 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8547 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8548 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8549 |
|
---|
8550 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8551 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pBackendInfo),
|
---|
8552 | ("pBackendInfo=%#p\n", pBackendInfo),
|
---|
8553 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8554 |
|
---|
8555 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8556 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8557 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8558 |
|
---|
8559 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8560 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8561 |
|
---|
8562 | pBackendInfo->pszBackend = pImage->Backend->pszBackendName;
|
---|
8563 | pBackendInfo->uBackendCaps = pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
8564 | pBackendInfo->paFileExtensions = pImage->Backend->paFileExtensions;
|
---|
8565 | pBackendInfo->paConfigInfo = pImage->Backend->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
8566 | } while (0);
|
---|
8567 |
|
---|
8568 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8569 | {
|
---|
8570 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8571 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8572 | }
|
---|
8573 |
|
---|
8574 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8575 | return rc;
|
---|
8576 | }
|
---|
8577 |
|
---|
8578 | /**
|
---|
8579 | * Get flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8580 | *
|
---|
8581 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8582 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8583 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8584 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8585 | * @param puImageFlags Where to store the image flags.
|
---|
8586 | */
|
---|
8587 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetImageFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8588 | unsigned *puImageFlags)
|
---|
8589 | {
|
---|
8590 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8591 | int rc2;
|
---|
8592 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8593 |
|
---|
8594 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puImageFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
8595 | pDisk, nImage, puImageFlags));
|
---|
8596 | do
|
---|
8597 | {
|
---|
8598 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8599 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8600 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8601 |
|
---|
8602 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8603 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puImageFlags),
|
---|
8604 | ("puImageFlags=%#p\n", puImageFlags),
|
---|
8605 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8606 |
|
---|
8607 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8608 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8609 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8610 |
|
---|
8611 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8612 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8613 |
|
---|
8614 | *puImageFlags = pImage->uImageFlags;
|
---|
8615 | } while (0);
|
---|
8616 |
|
---|
8617 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8618 | {
|
---|
8619 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8620 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8621 | }
|
---|
8622 |
|
---|
8623 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uImageFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puImageFlags));
|
---|
8624 | return rc;
|
---|
8625 | }
|
---|
8626 |
|
---|
8627 | /**
|
---|
8628 | * Get open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8629 | *
|
---|
8630 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8631 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8632 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8633 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8634 | * @param puOpenFlags Where to store the image open flags.
|
---|
8635 | */
|
---|
8636 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8637 | unsigned *puOpenFlags)
|
---|
8638 | {
|
---|
8639 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8640 | int rc2;
|
---|
8641 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8642 |
|
---|
8643 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puOpenFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
8644 | pDisk, nImage, puOpenFlags));
|
---|
8645 | do
|
---|
8646 | {
|
---|
8647 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8648 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8649 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8650 |
|
---|
8651 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8652 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puOpenFlags),
|
---|
8653 | ("puOpenFlags=%#p\n", puOpenFlags),
|
---|
8654 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8655 |
|
---|
8656 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8657 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8658 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8659 |
|
---|
8660 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8661 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8662 |
|
---|
8663 | *puOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
8664 | } while (0);
|
---|
8665 |
|
---|
8666 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8667 | {
|
---|
8668 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8669 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8670 | }
|
---|
8671 |
|
---|
8672 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uOpenFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puOpenFlags));
|
---|
8673 | return rc;
|
---|
8674 | }
|
---|
8675 |
|
---|
8676 | /**
|
---|
8677 | * Set open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8678 | * This operation may cause file locking changes and/or files being reopened.
|
---|
8679 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
8680 | *
|
---|
8681 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8682 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8683 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8684 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8685 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
8686 | */
|
---|
8687 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8688 | unsigned uOpenFlags)
|
---|
8689 | {
|
---|
8690 | int rc;
|
---|
8691 | int rc2;
|
---|
8692 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8693 |
|
---|
8694 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOpenFlags=%#u\n", pDisk, uOpenFlags));
|
---|
8695 | do
|
---|
8696 | {
|
---|
8697 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8698 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8699 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8700 |
|
---|
8701 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8702 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
8703 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
8704 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8705 |
|
---|
8706 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8707 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8708 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8709 |
|
---|
8710 | /* Destroy any discard state because the image might be changed to readonly mode. */
|
---|
8711 | rc = vdDiscardStateDestroy(pDisk);
|
---|
8712 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
8713 | break;
|
---|
8714 |
|
---|
8715 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8716 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8717 |
|
---|
8718 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
8719 | uOpenFlags & ~(VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS));
|
---|
8720 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
8721 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & (VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_IGNORE_FLUSH | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFORM_ABOUT_ZERO_BLOCKS);
|
---|
8722 | } while (0);
|
---|
8723 |
|
---|
8724 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8725 | {
|
---|
8726 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8727 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8728 | }
|
---|
8729 |
|
---|
8730 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8731 | return rc;
|
---|
8732 | }
|
---|
8733 |
|
---|
8734 | /**
|
---|
8735 | * Get base filename of image in HDD container. Some image formats use
|
---|
8736 | * other filenames as well, so don't use this for anything but informational
|
---|
8737 | * purposes.
|
---|
8738 | *
|
---|
8739 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8740 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8741 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszFilename buffer too small to hold filename.
|
---|
8742 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8743 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8744 | * @param pszFilename Where to store the image file name.
|
---|
8745 | * @param cbFilename Size of buffer pszFilename points to.
|
---|
8746 | */
|
---|
8747 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFilename(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8748 | char *pszFilename, unsigned cbFilename)
|
---|
8749 | {
|
---|
8750 | int rc;
|
---|
8751 | int rc2;
|
---|
8752 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8753 |
|
---|
8754 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszFilename=%#p cbFilename=%u\n",
|
---|
8755 | pDisk, nImage, pszFilename, cbFilename));
|
---|
8756 | do
|
---|
8757 | {
|
---|
8758 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8759 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8760 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8761 |
|
---|
8762 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8763 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
8764 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
8765 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8766 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbFilename,
|
---|
8767 | ("cbFilename=%u\n", cbFilename),
|
---|
8768 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8769 |
|
---|
8770 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8771 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8772 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8773 |
|
---|
8774 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8775 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8776 |
|
---|
8777 | size_t cb = strlen(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
8778 | if (cb <= cbFilename)
|
---|
8779 | {
|
---|
8780 | strcpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
8781 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
8782 | }
|
---|
8783 | else
|
---|
8784 | {
|
---|
8785 | strncpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename, cbFilename - 1);
|
---|
8786 | pszFilename[cbFilename - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
8787 | rc = VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
8788 | }
|
---|
8789 | } while (0);
|
---|
8790 |
|
---|
8791 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8792 | {
|
---|
8793 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8794 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8795 | }
|
---|
8796 |
|
---|
8797 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszFilename));
|
---|
8798 | return rc;
|
---|
8799 | }
|
---|
8800 |
|
---|
8801 | /**
|
---|
8802 | * Get the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8803 | *
|
---|
8804 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8805 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8806 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszComment buffer too small to hold comment text.
|
---|
8807 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8808 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8809 | * @param pszComment Where to store the comment string of image. NULL is ok.
|
---|
8810 | * @param cbComment The size of pszComment buffer. 0 is ok.
|
---|
8811 | */
|
---|
8812 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8813 | char *pszComment, unsigned cbComment)
|
---|
8814 | {
|
---|
8815 | int rc;
|
---|
8816 | int rc2;
|
---|
8817 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8818 |
|
---|
8819 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p cbComment=%u\n",
|
---|
8820 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, cbComment));
|
---|
8821 | do
|
---|
8822 | {
|
---|
8823 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8824 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8825 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8826 |
|
---|
8827 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8828 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment),
|
---|
8829 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
8830 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8831 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbComment,
|
---|
8832 | ("cbComment=%u\n", cbComment),
|
---|
8833 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8834 |
|
---|
8835 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8836 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8837 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8838 |
|
---|
8839 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8840 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8841 |
|
---|
8842 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImage->pBackendData, pszComment,
|
---|
8843 | cbComment);
|
---|
8844 | } while (0);
|
---|
8845 |
|
---|
8846 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8847 | {
|
---|
8848 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8849 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8850 | }
|
---|
8851 |
|
---|
8852 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszComment=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszComment));
|
---|
8853 | return rc;
|
---|
8854 | }
|
---|
8855 |
|
---|
8856 | /**
|
---|
8857 | * Changes the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8858 | *
|
---|
8859 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8860 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8861 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8862 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8863 | * @param pszComment New comment string (UTF-8). NULL is allowed to reset the comment.
|
---|
8864 | */
|
---|
8865 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
8866 | const char *pszComment)
|
---|
8867 | {
|
---|
8868 | int rc;
|
---|
8869 | int rc2;
|
---|
8870 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8871 |
|
---|
8872 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n",
|
---|
8873 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, pszComment));
|
---|
8874 | do
|
---|
8875 | {
|
---|
8876 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8877 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8878 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8879 |
|
---|
8880 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8881 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment) || pszComment == NULL,
|
---|
8882 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
8883 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8884 |
|
---|
8885 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8886 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8887 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8888 |
|
---|
8889 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8890 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8891 |
|
---|
8892 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetComment(pImage->pBackendData, pszComment);
|
---|
8893 | } while (0);
|
---|
8894 |
|
---|
8895 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8896 | {
|
---|
8897 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8898 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8899 | }
|
---|
8900 |
|
---|
8901 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
8902 | return rc;
|
---|
8903 | }
|
---|
8904 |
|
---|
8905 |
|
---|
8906 | /**
|
---|
8907 | * Get UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
8908 | *
|
---|
8909 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8910 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8911 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8912 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8913 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image creation UUID.
|
---|
8914 | */
|
---|
8915 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
8916 | {
|
---|
8917 | int rc;
|
---|
8918 | int rc2;
|
---|
8919 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
8920 |
|
---|
8921 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
8922 | do
|
---|
8923 | {
|
---|
8924 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8925 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8926 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8927 |
|
---|
8928 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
8929 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
8930 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
8931 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8932 |
|
---|
8933 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8934 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8935 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
8936 |
|
---|
8937 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8938 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8939 |
|
---|
8940 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
8941 | } while (0);
|
---|
8942 |
|
---|
8943 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
8944 | {
|
---|
8945 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
8946 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8947 | }
|
---|
8948 |
|
---|
8949 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
8950 | return rc;
|
---|
8951 | }
|
---|
8952 |
|
---|
8953 | /**
|
---|
8954 | * Set the image's UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
8955 | *
|
---|
8956 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
8957 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
8958 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
8959 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
8960 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
8961 | */
|
---|
8962 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
8963 | {
|
---|
8964 | int rc;
|
---|
8965 | int rc2;
|
---|
8966 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
8967 |
|
---|
8968 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
8969 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
8970 | do
|
---|
8971 | {
|
---|
8972 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
8973 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8974 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
8975 |
|
---|
8976 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
8977 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
8978 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
8979 |
|
---|
8980 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8981 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
8982 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
8983 |
|
---|
8984 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
8985 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
8986 |
|
---|
8987 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
8988 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
8989 | {
|
---|
8990 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
8991 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
8992 | }
|
---|
8993 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
8994 | } while (0);
|
---|
8995 |
|
---|
8996 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
8997 | {
|
---|
8998 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
8999 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9000 | }
|
---|
9001 |
|
---|
9002 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9003 | return rc;
|
---|
9004 | }
|
---|
9005 |
|
---|
9006 | /**
|
---|
9007 | * Get last modification UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9008 | *
|
---|
9009 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9010 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9011 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9012 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9013 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image modification UUID.
|
---|
9014 | */
|
---|
9015 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9016 | {
|
---|
9017 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9018 | int rc2;
|
---|
9019 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9020 |
|
---|
9021 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
9022 | do
|
---|
9023 | {
|
---|
9024 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9025 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9026 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9027 |
|
---|
9028 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9029 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
9030 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9031 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9032 |
|
---|
9033 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9034 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9035 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9036 |
|
---|
9037 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9038 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9039 |
|
---|
9040 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9041 | pUuid);
|
---|
9042 | } while (0);
|
---|
9043 |
|
---|
9044 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9045 | {
|
---|
9046 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9047 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9048 | }
|
---|
9049 |
|
---|
9050 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
9051 | return rc;
|
---|
9052 | }
|
---|
9053 |
|
---|
9054 | /**
|
---|
9055 | * Set the image's last modification UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
9056 | *
|
---|
9057 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9058 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9059 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9060 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9061 | * @param pUuid New modification UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
9062 | */
|
---|
9063 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9064 | {
|
---|
9065 | int rc;
|
---|
9066 | int rc2;
|
---|
9067 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9068 |
|
---|
9069 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
9070 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
9071 | do
|
---|
9072 | {
|
---|
9073 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9074 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9075 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9076 |
|
---|
9077 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9078 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
9079 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9080 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9081 |
|
---|
9082 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9083 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9084 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9085 |
|
---|
9086 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9087 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9088 |
|
---|
9089 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
9090 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
9091 | {
|
---|
9092 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
9093 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
9094 | }
|
---|
9095 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImage->pBackendData,
|
---|
9096 | pUuid);
|
---|
9097 | } while (0);
|
---|
9098 |
|
---|
9099 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9100 | {
|
---|
9101 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9102 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9103 | }
|
---|
9104 |
|
---|
9105 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9106 | return rc;
|
---|
9107 | }
|
---|
9108 |
|
---|
9109 | /**
|
---|
9110 | * Get parent UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
9111 | *
|
---|
9112 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9113 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
9114 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9115 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9116 | * @param pUuid Where to store the parent image UUID.
|
---|
9117 | */
|
---|
9118 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9119 | PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9120 | {
|
---|
9121 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
9122 | int rc2;
|
---|
9123 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9124 |
|
---|
9125 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
9126 | do
|
---|
9127 | {
|
---|
9128 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9129 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9130 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9131 |
|
---|
9132 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9133 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
9134 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9135 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9136 |
|
---|
9137 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9138 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9139 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9140 |
|
---|
9141 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9142 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9143 |
|
---|
9144 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
9145 | } while (0);
|
---|
9146 |
|
---|
9147 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9148 | {
|
---|
9149 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9150 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9151 | }
|
---|
9152 |
|
---|
9153 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
9154 | return rc;
|
---|
9155 | }
|
---|
9156 |
|
---|
9157 | /**
|
---|
9158 | * Set the image's parent UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
9159 | *
|
---|
9160 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
9161 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9162 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
9163 | * @param pUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
9164 | */
|
---|
9165 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
9166 | PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
9167 | {
|
---|
9168 | int rc;
|
---|
9169 | int rc2;
|
---|
9170 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9171 |
|
---|
9172 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
9173 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
9174 | do
|
---|
9175 | {
|
---|
9176 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9177 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9178 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9179 |
|
---|
9180 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9181 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
9182 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
9183 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9184 |
|
---|
9185 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9186 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9187 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9188 |
|
---|
9189 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
9190 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
9191 |
|
---|
9192 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
9193 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
9194 | {
|
---|
9195 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
9196 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
9197 | }
|
---|
9198 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
9199 | } while (0);
|
---|
9200 |
|
---|
9201 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9202 | {
|
---|
9203 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9204 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9205 | }
|
---|
9206 |
|
---|
9207 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9208 | return rc;
|
---|
9209 | }
|
---|
9210 |
|
---|
9211 |
|
---|
9212 | /**
|
---|
9213 | * Debug helper - dumps all opened images in HDD container into the log file.
|
---|
9214 | *
|
---|
9215 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
9216 | */
|
---|
9217 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDumpImages(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
9218 | {
|
---|
9219 | int rc2;
|
---|
9220 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9221 |
|
---|
9222 | do
|
---|
9223 | {
|
---|
9224 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9225 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
9226 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9227 |
|
---|
9228 | if (!pDisk->pInterfaceError || !VALID_PTR(pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage))
|
---|
9229 | pDisk->pInterfaceError->pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
9230 |
|
---|
9231 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9232 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9233 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9234 |
|
---|
9235 | vdMessageWrapper(pDisk, "--- Dumping VD Disk, Images=%u\n", pDisk->cImages);
|
---|
9236 | for (PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase; pImage; pImage = pImage->pNext)
|
---|
9237 | {
|
---|
9238 | vdMessageWrapper(pDisk, "Dumping VD image \"%s\" (Backend=%s)\n",
|
---|
9239 | pImage->pszFilename, pImage->Backend->pszBackendName);
|
---|
9240 | pImage->Backend->pfnDump(pImage->pBackendData);
|
---|
9241 | }
|
---|
9242 | } while (0);
|
---|
9243 |
|
---|
9244 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
9245 | {
|
---|
9246 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9247 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9248 | }
|
---|
9249 | }
|
---|
9250 |
|
---|
9251 |
|
---|
9252 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDDiscardRanges(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges, unsigned cRanges)
|
---|
9253 | {
|
---|
9254 | int rc;
|
---|
9255 | int rc2;
|
---|
9256 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9257 |
|
---|
9258 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p paRanges=%#p cRanges=%u\n",
|
---|
9259 | pDisk, paRanges, cRanges));
|
---|
9260 | do
|
---|
9261 | {
|
---|
9262 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9263 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9264 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9265 |
|
---|
9266 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9267 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cRanges,
|
---|
9268 | ("cRanges=%u\n", cRanges),
|
---|
9269 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9270 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paRanges),
|
---|
9271 | ("paRanges=%#p\n", paRanges),
|
---|
9272 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9273 |
|
---|
9274 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9275 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9276 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9277 |
|
---|
9278 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
9279 |
|
---|
9280 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_DISCARD,
|
---|
9281 | ("Discarding not supported\n"),
|
---|
9282 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
|
---|
9283 |
|
---|
9284 | vdSetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
9285 | rc = vdDiscardHelper(pDisk, paRanges, cRanges);
|
---|
9286 | } while (0);
|
---|
9287 |
|
---|
9288 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
9289 | {
|
---|
9290 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9291 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9292 | }
|
---|
9293 |
|
---|
9294 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9295 | return rc;
|
---|
9296 | }
|
---|
9297 |
|
---|
9298 |
|
---|
9299 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
9300 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
9301 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
9302 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
9303 | {
|
---|
9304 | int rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
9305 | int rc2;
|
---|
9306 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
9307 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
9308 |
|
---|
9309 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pcSgBuf=%#p cbRead=%zu pvUser1=%#p pvUser2=%#p\n",
|
---|
9310 | pDisk, uOffset, pcSgBuf, cbRead, pvUser1, pvUser2));
|
---|
9311 |
|
---|
9312 | do
|
---|
9313 | {
|
---|
9314 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9315 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9316 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9317 |
|
---|
9318 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9319 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
9320 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
9321 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9322 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pcSgBuf),
|
---|
9323 | ("pcSgBuf=%#p\n", pcSgBuf),
|
---|
9324 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9325 |
|
---|
9326 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9327 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9328 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
9329 |
|
---|
9330 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
9331 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
9332 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
9333 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9334 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
9335 |
|
---|
9336 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset,
|
---|
9337 | cbRead, pDisk->pLast, pcSgBuf,
|
---|
9338 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
9339 | NULL, vdReadHelperAsync);
|
---|
9340 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
9341 | {
|
---|
9342 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
9343 | break;
|
---|
9344 | }
|
---|
9345 |
|
---|
9346 | #if 0
|
---|
9347 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9348 | #else
|
---|
9349 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9350 | #endif
|
---|
9351 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
9352 | {
|
---|
9353 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
9354 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9355 | else
|
---|
9356 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
9357 | }
|
---|
9358 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
9359 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9360 |
|
---|
9361 | } while (0);
|
---|
9362 |
|
---|
9363 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
9364 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
9365 | {
|
---|
9366 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
9367 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9368 | }
|
---|
9369 |
|
---|
9370 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9371 | return rc;
|
---|
9372 | }
|
---|
9373 |
|
---|
9374 |
|
---|
9375 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
9376 | PCRTSGBUF pcSgBuf,
|
---|
9377 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
9378 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
9379 | {
|
---|
9380 | int rc;
|
---|
9381 | int rc2;
|
---|
9382 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9383 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
9384 |
|
---|
9385 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu cSgBuf=%#p cbWrite=%zu pvUser1=%#p pvUser2=%#p\n",
|
---|
9386 | pDisk, uOffset, pcSgBuf, cbWrite, pvUser1, pvUser2));
|
---|
9387 | do
|
---|
9388 | {
|
---|
9389 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9390 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9391 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9392 |
|
---|
9393 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9394 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
9395 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
9396 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9397 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pcSgBuf),
|
---|
9398 | ("pcSgBuf=%#p\n", pcSgBuf),
|
---|
9399 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9400 |
|
---|
9401 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9402 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9403 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9404 |
|
---|
9405 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
9406 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
9407 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
9408 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9409 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
9410 |
|
---|
9411 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE, uOffset,
|
---|
9412 | cbWrite, pDisk->pLast, pcSgBuf,
|
---|
9413 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
9414 | NULL, vdWriteHelperAsync);
|
---|
9415 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
9416 | {
|
---|
9417 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
9418 | break;
|
---|
9419 | }
|
---|
9420 |
|
---|
9421 | #if 0
|
---|
9422 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9423 | #else
|
---|
9424 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9425 | #endif
|
---|
9426 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
9427 | {
|
---|
9428 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
9429 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9430 | else
|
---|
9431 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
9432 | }
|
---|
9433 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
9434 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9435 | } while (0);
|
---|
9436 |
|
---|
9437 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
9438 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
9439 | {
|
---|
9440 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9441 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9442 | }
|
---|
9443 |
|
---|
9444 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9445 | return rc;
|
---|
9446 | }
|
---|
9447 |
|
---|
9448 |
|
---|
9449 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
9450 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
9451 | {
|
---|
9452 | int rc;
|
---|
9453 | int rc2;
|
---|
9454 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9455 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
9456 |
|
---|
9457 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
9458 |
|
---|
9459 | do
|
---|
9460 | {
|
---|
9461 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9462 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9463 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9464 |
|
---|
9465 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9466 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9467 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9468 |
|
---|
9469 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
9470 |
|
---|
9471 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, 0,
|
---|
9472 | 0, pDisk->pLast, NULL,
|
---|
9473 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
9474 | NULL, vdFlushHelperAsync);
|
---|
9475 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
9476 | {
|
---|
9477 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
9478 | break;
|
---|
9479 | }
|
---|
9480 |
|
---|
9481 | #if 0
|
---|
9482 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9483 | #else
|
---|
9484 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9485 | #endif
|
---|
9486 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
9487 | {
|
---|
9488 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
9489 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9490 | else
|
---|
9491 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
9492 | }
|
---|
9493 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
9494 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9495 | } while (0);
|
---|
9496 |
|
---|
9497 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
9498 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
9499 | {
|
---|
9500 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9501 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9502 | }
|
---|
9503 |
|
---|
9504 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9505 | return rc;
|
---|
9506 | }
|
---|
9507 |
|
---|
9508 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncDiscardRanges(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PCRTRANGE paRanges, unsigned cRanges,
|
---|
9509 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
9510 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
9511 | {
|
---|
9512 | int rc;
|
---|
9513 | int rc2;
|
---|
9514 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
9515 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
9516 |
|
---|
9517 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
9518 |
|
---|
9519 | do
|
---|
9520 | {
|
---|
9521 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
9522 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9523 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
9524 |
|
---|
9525 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9526 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9527 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
9528 |
|
---|
9529 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk->pLast, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
9530 |
|
---|
9531 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxDiscardAlloc(pDisk, paRanges, cRanges,
|
---|
9532 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2, NULL,
|
---|
9533 | vdDiscardHelperAsync);
|
---|
9534 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
9535 | {
|
---|
9536 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
9537 | break;
|
---|
9538 | }
|
---|
9539 |
|
---|
9540 | #if 0
|
---|
9541 | rc = vdIoCtxProcessTryLockDefer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9542 | #else
|
---|
9543 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
9544 | #endif
|
---|
9545 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
9546 | {
|
---|
9547 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
9548 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9549 | else
|
---|
9550 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
9551 | }
|
---|
9552 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
9553 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
9554 | } while (0);
|
---|
9555 |
|
---|
9556 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
9557 | || rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
9558 | {
|
---|
9559 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
9560 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
9561 | }
|
---|
9562 |
|
---|
9563 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9564 | return rc;
|
---|
9565 | }
|
---|
9566 |
|
---|
9567 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRepair(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
9568 | const char *pszFilename, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
9569 | uint32_t fFlags)
|
---|
9570 | {
|
---|
9571 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
9572 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
9573 | VDINTERFACEIOINT VDIfIoInt;
|
---|
9574 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
9575 | PVDINTERFACEIO pInterfaceIo;
|
---|
9576 |
|
---|
9577 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
9578 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
9579 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
9580 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
9581 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9582 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
9583 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
9584 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9585 | AssertMsgReturn((fFlags & ~VD_REPAIR_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
9586 | ("fFlags=%#x\n", fFlags),
|
---|
9587 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9588 |
|
---|
9589 | pInterfaceIo = VDIfIoGet(pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
9590 | if (!pInterfaceIo)
|
---|
9591 | {
|
---|
9592 | /*
|
---|
9593 | * Caller doesn't provide an I/O interface, create our own using the
|
---|
9594 | * native file API.
|
---|
9595 | */
|
---|
9596 | vdIfIoFallbackCallbacksSetup(&VDIfIoFallback);
|
---|
9597 | pInterfaceIo = &VDIfIoFallback;
|
---|
9598 | }
|
---|
9599 |
|
---|
9600 | /* Set up the internal I/O interface. */
|
---|
9601 | AssertReturn(!VDIfIoIntGet(pVDIfsImage), VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
9602 | VDIfIoInt.pfnOpen = vdIOIntOpenLimited;
|
---|
9603 | VDIfIoInt.pfnClose = vdIOIntCloseLimited;
|
---|
9604 | VDIfIoInt.pfnDelete = vdIOIntDeleteLimited;
|
---|
9605 | VDIfIoInt.pfnMove = vdIOIntMoveLimited;
|
---|
9606 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetFreeSpace = vdIOIntGetFreeSpaceLimited;
|
---|
9607 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetModificationTime = vdIOIntGetModificationTimeLimited;
|
---|
9608 | VDIfIoInt.pfnGetSize = vdIOIntGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
9609 | VDIfIoInt.pfnSetSize = vdIOIntSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
9610 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadSync = vdIOIntReadSyncLimited;
|
---|
9611 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteSync = vdIOIntWriteSyncLimited;
|
---|
9612 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlushSync = vdIOIntFlushSyncLimited;
|
---|
9613 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
9614 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
9615 | VDIfIoInt.pfnReadMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
9616 | VDIfIoInt.pfnWriteMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
9617 | VDIfIoInt.pfnFlushAsync = NULL;
|
---|
9618 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIfIoInt.Core, "VD_IOINT", VDINTERFACETYPE_IOINT,
|
---|
9619 | pInterfaceIo, sizeof(VDINTERFACEIOINT), &pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
9620 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
9621 |
|
---|
9622 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pBackend);
|
---|
9623 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
9624 | {
|
---|
9625 | if (pBackend->pfnRepair)
|
---|
9626 | rc = pBackend->pfnRepair(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk, pVDIfsImage, fFlags);
|
---|
9627 | else
|
---|
9628 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_REPAIR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
9629 | }
|
---|
9630 |
|
---|
9631 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
9632 | return rc;
|
---|
9633 | }
|
---|
9634 |
|
---|